Volume 8

Number 2 2010

A Journal of Plant Systematics

and

Conservation Biology

Queensland Herbarium

Department of Environment and Resource Management

Queensland

Government

Editorial Committee

P.I.Forster (editor)

P.D.Bostock (technical advisor)

G.P.Guymer (technical advisor)

Graphic Design

Will Smith

Desktop Publishing

Yvonne Smith

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 8, No. 1 was published on 23 November 2009

Yol. 8, No. 2 was published on 7 December 2010

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price

is (GST included): AUD$38.50 per issue for individuals, AUD$66.00 for institutions, including

postage.

Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is

AUD POA per issue for individuals, AUD$90.00 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be

addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment

& Resource Management, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland

4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@derm.qld.gov.au

ISSN 0155-4131

© Queensland Herbarium 2010

Web site: www.derm.qld.gov.au/herbarium

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and publishes peer-reviewed research

on plants, algae, fungi and lichens (systematics, morphology, geography, anatomy, karyology,

conservation biology and botanical history), with special emphasis on taxa from Queensland.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or

view of the Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management.

Austrobaileya 8 ( 2 ): 107-223 ( 2010 )

Contents

Editorial

Four new species of Stylidium Sw. (Stylidiaceae) from northern Australia

A. R. Bean .107-117

Book Review.118

Cadetia uniflos (F.M.Bailey) M.T.Mathieson, a new combination in Orchidaceae

M. T.Mathieson .119-124

Trichosanthes odontosperma W.E.Cooper & A. J.Ford (Cucurbitaceae), a new

species from Queensland’s Wet Tropics

W.E.Cooper & A. J.Ford .125-131

Book Review.132

Citrus wakonai P.I.Forst. & MWSm. (Rutaceae), a new species from

Goodenough Island, Papua New Guinea

P.I.Forster & M.W.Smith .133-138

A new subspecies of Eucalyptus sideroxylon A.Cunn. ex Woolls (Myrtaceae)

from Queensland

A. R. Be an .139-141

Croton dichromifolius P.I.Forst. (Euphorbiaceae), a new species from Cape

York Peninsula, Queensland

P.I.Forster .143-149

Book Review.149-150

Crudia abbreviata A.R.Bean (Caesalpiniaceae), a new species from Cape

York Peninsula, Queensland

A.R.Bean .151-154

The genus Amaracarpus Blume (Rubiaceae) in mainland Australia

P.I.Forster .155-158

Notes on Zornia J.F.Geml. 1: a new species from north Queensland, and a

new synonym

A. E. Holland .159-163

Two new species of Solanum L. (Solanaceae) from central Queensland

A.R.Bean .165-170

Davenportia R.W. Johnson, a new genus of Convolvulaceae ( Merremieae )

from central Australia

R.W. Johnson .171-176

Miscellaneous taxonomic and nomenclatural notes for Myrtaceae

N. Snow & J.F.Veldkamp .177-186

New taxa, nomenclatural changes and notes on Australian grasses in the tribe

Paniceae (Poaceae: Panioideae )

Bryan K. Simon .187-219

Three new combinations in Pterostylis R.Br. (Orchidaceae)

J.K.Janes & M.F.Duretto . 221-222

Ardisia hylandii Jackes: a new name for Ardisia depauperata (Domin) Jackes

B.R.Jackes .

223

Editorial

The journal Austrobaileya has primarily

been a venue for the publication of plant

systematics, taxonomy and nomenclature,

although occasional papers on anatomy,

biogeography, botanical history, conservation

status and karyology, together with book

reviews have also been included. Beginning

with number 3 of the current volume, the

journal will also include papers on broader

issues of plant conservation biology, with a

particular emphasis on the Queensland flora.

Papers in this field can cover topics such

as conservation status and autecology for

individual taxa or groups or the conservation

ecology of selected plant communities.

PI. Forster

Four new species of Stylidium Sw.

(Stylidiaceae) from northern Australia

A.R.Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2010). Four new species of Stylidium Sw. (Stylidiaceae) from northern Australia.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 107-117. Three new species belonging to Stylidium subgenus Andersonia,

S. exiguum A.R.Bean, S. notabile A.R.Bean and S. osculum A.R.Bean, are described from the

Northern Territory. One new species belonging to Stylidium section Floodia Mildbr., S. centrolepoides

A.R.Bean, is described from Queensland. All species are illustrated and a distribution map

provided.

Key Words: Stylidiaceae, Stylidium, Stylidium centrolepoides, Stylidium exiguum, Stylidium

notabile, Stylidium osculum, Australia flora. Northern Territory flora, Queensland flora, taxonomy,

new species

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: tony.bean@

derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The three new species of Stylidium Sw.

(Stylidiaceae) named here from the Northern

Territory have come to light largely

through the collections, photographs and

observations of Kym Brennan. While all had

been collected beforehand, their status as

new species had been overlooked because of

the difficulty of interpreting floral characters

from pressed Stylidium specimens. These

new species belong to Stylidium subgenus

Andersonia (R.Br. ex G.Don) Mildbr. A

previous revision of this subgenus (Bean

2000) enumerated 37 species. The fourth

new species, belonging to Stylidium section

Floodia Mildbr., was collected in 2001 near

Croydon in Queensland. A previous revision

of this section (Bean 1999) enumerated 12

species.

Materials and methods

The paper is based on the morphological

examination of herbarium material at BRI and

DNA, including material preserved in spirit.

Terminology is the same as that used in Bean

(1999) and Bean (2000). Floral measurements

are based on material preserved in spirit or

reconstituted in boiling water. All other

measurements are based on dried material.

Accepted for publication 23 July 2010

Length and width dimensions are indicated as

length x width followed by the measurement

unit.

Taxonomy

Stylidium exiguum A.R.Bean species nova

S. nominato affinis sed petalis omnibus

conspicue lobatis, petalis posterioribus quam

anterioribus multo longioribus, petalorum

posteriorum lobis divergentibus, paracorolla

praecipue alba et capsulis brevioribus differens.

Typus: Northern Territory. Nabarlek, outcrops

N of lease entrance, 26 April 2008, K.Brennan

7576 (holo: BRI [1 sheet + spirit]; iso: DNA).

Stylidum nominatum Carlquist, sensu Bean

(2000), excl. type.

Annual herb, 3-15 cm high with globose

glandular hairs 0.03-0.1 mm long. Rootstock

not thickened. Stems present, glabrous.

Leaves in basal rosette and scattered along

stems, green. Basal leaves 5-15, oblanceolate,

2.5-9 mm long including petiole, 0.5-1.5 mm

wide, glabrous, apex obtuse, base cuneate.

Cauline leaves 4-11, linear, 2-4.7 mm long

including petiole, 0.3-0.7 mm wide, glabrous,

apex obtuse or acute, base cuneate or truncate,

margins entire. Petioles absent or to 2.5 mm

long. Scapes absent. Inflorescences 1-6 cm

long, indeterminate; branches monochasially

cymose. Bracts linear, 1.5-3 mm long,

108

Austrobaileya 8 ( 2 ): 107-117 ( 2010 )

Fig. 1 . A-C. Stylidium exiguum. A. whole plant x 4. B. flowering branchlet * 8. C. corolla and paracorolla x 8. D-F.

Stylidium osculum. D. whole plant x 2. E. flower x 4. F. corolla and paracorolla x 8. A-C from Brennan 7560 (BRI);

D-F from Brennan 7539 (BRI).

glabrous, apex obtuse or acute. Pedicels

absent. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at

distal end only. Sepals debate, 3 free and 2

mostly fused, 1.2-2.4 x 0.2-0.4 mm, glabrous

or glandular-hairy, apex acute. Corolla white,

glandular-hairy on tube and underside of

petals. Corolla tube 0.5-1.6 mm long, with

sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla

discontinuous or continuous, lobed, thin,

glabrous, 0.2-0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes

2 or 4, similar, hemispherical, <0.2 mm long,

obtuse, 2 opposite the posterior petals, 0 or

2 opposite the anterior petals. Paracorolla

glands absent. Labellum attached to outside

of corolla tube or attached at base of anterior

sinus of corolla tube, ovate or lanceolate,

0.3-0.7 mm long, glabrous; terminal

appendage absent or present, to 0.2 mm long;

basal appendages absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals obdeltate,

0.6-1.9 x 0.6-1.5 mm, bilobed, obtuse.

Posterior petals obdeltate, 1.3-3.3 x 1.2-3.3

Bean, Stylidium

109

Fig. 2. Stylidium exiguum. Photograph of corolla, paracorolla and column (from Brennan 7576).

mm, bilobed, obtuse. Column 2.5-5 mm long,

of uniform width throughout, glabrous, lateral

lobes absent, spur absent. Stigma sessile.

Capsule linear, without raised longitudinal

ribs, 4.5-12 mm long excluding sepals, 0.3-

0.6 mm wide, halves detaching distally, not

recurving. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm

long, brown, smooth. Fig. 1A-1C, 2.

Additional specimens examined : Northern Territory.

Nabarlek, outcrops N of lease entrance, Apr 2008,

Brennan 7560 (BRI); Melville Island, Apr 1987,

Fensham 481 (DNA); Arnhem Land, 19 km E of Jabiru,

Apr 1989, Johnson 4557 (BRI); Cooper Creek area, Apr

1979, Rankin 2213 (DNA).

Distribution and habitat : Stylidium exiguum

is endemic to the Northern Territory, and has

been found in Kakadu N.P. and on Melville

Island (Map 1). It inhabits moist sandy soils

in the vicinity of sandstone outcrops.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from April to June.

Affinities: Stylidium exiguum is closely related

to S. nominatum Carlquist, and was confused

with it by Bean (2000). Both are of small size,

possess both basal and cauline leaves, and

have small (mostly) white flowers.

In Stylidium exiguum , the posterior petals are

much larger than the anterior petals, and all

petals are deeply bifid. The posterior petals

have widely diverging lobes. The paracorolla

is mainly white, but tinged with orange or red,

110

Austrobaileya 8(2): 107-117 (2010)

Fig. 3. Stylidium nominatum. Photograph of corolla, paracorolla and column (from Brennan 7978).

and the lobes entire (Fig. 2). The capsules are

4.5-12 mm long.

In Stylidium nominatum , the posterior and

anterior petals are about the same size, and

they are circular to somewhat obcuneate in

shape with an obtuse or emarginate apex. The

paracorolla is golden-yellow in colour and the

lobes bifid (Fig. 3). The capsules are 12-15

mm long.

Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN

2001). The geographic range exceeds 1000

km 2 , and there is no evidence of decline.

Etymology : From the Latin exiguus meaning

small or meagre, in reference to the stature of

the plant.

Stylidium osculum A.R.Bean species nova

S. dunlopiano affinis sed labiis calycis

emarginatis, corolla glabra, praesentia

paracorollae, labello paginae exteriori tubi

corollae affixo et petal is poster ioribus connatis

differens. Typus: Northern Territory. Edith

Falls, above top falls, 10 May 2008, K.Brennan

7668 (holo: BRI [1 sheet + spirit]; iso: CANB,

DNA).

Bean, Stylidium

111

Fig. 4. Stylidium osculum. Photograph of corolla, paracorolla and strongly recurved column (from Brennan 7539).

Annual herb, 4-11 cm high with globose

glandular hairs 0.03-0.05 mm long. Rootstock

not thickened. Stems present, glabrous. Leaves

7-21 per plant, green, scattered along stems

or sometimes clustered at upper end of stem,

spathulate or obovate. Leaves 5-33 mm long

including petiole, 2.6-6 mm wide, glabrous;

apex obtuse, base cuneate, margins entire.

Petioles 1-20 mm long. Scapes present, 3-10

per plant, green, 0.3-0.4 mm in diameter,

glabrous. Inflorescences 4-7 cm long including

scape, 1-2-flowered. Inflorescence branches

glabrous. Bracts deflate, 0.9-1.1 mm long,

glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels

absent. Hypanthium linear, glandular-hairy at

distal end only. Sepals fused into 2 broadly

ovate emarginate lips, one lip 3-lobed, the

other 2-lobed. Sepals 0.8—1.3 x 0.5-0.7 mm,

glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy, obtuse.

Corolla pink, glabrous; tube 2.6-2.8 mm

long, sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla

discontinuous, thin, glabrous, c. 0.1 mm high,

lobes 2, similar, obtuse, both at the base of the

posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent.

Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube,

lanceolate, 0.5-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous;

112

terminal appendage present, c. 0.2 mm long,

acuminate; basal appendages absent. Corolla

with posterior petals fused, A1+A2+(P1/P2).

Anterior petals orbicular, 1-1.3 mm x 0.9-1.2

mm, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals obdeltate,

2-2.5 x 1-1.2 mm, bilobed, obtuse. Column

6.5-7.5 mm long, of uniform width throughout

or slightly dilated near distal end, glabrous;

lateral lobes present, 0.4-0.5 mm long.

Column spur absent. Stigma sessile. Capsule

linear, without raised longitudinal ribs, 11-

22 mm long excluding sepals, 0.4-0.8 mm

wide, halves detaching distally and strongly

recurving. Seeds globose or ellipsoidal, 0.15—

0.25 mm long, brown, colliculate. Fig. 1D-F,

4.

Additional specimens examined : Northern Territory.

Edith Falls, at start of Jatbula track, Apr 2008, Brennan

7539 (BRI); Katherine Gorge N.R, Jun 1975, Dunlop

3766 (CANB, DNA, NSW); 18 miles [29 km] NE of

Katherine, Feb 1965, Wilson 341 (CANB, DNA).

Distribution and habitat : Recorded from

Katherine Gorge and Edith Falls, both in the

Nitmiluk National Park, near Katherine in

the Northern Territory (Map 1). It occurs in

receding shallow pools in the bed of a small

seasonal stream between sandstone hills.

Other Stylidium species growing nearby on

damp sand included S. adenophorum Lowrie

& Kenneally and S. pedunculatum R.Br.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

for February, April and May.

Notes : This species has primarily an aquatic

habit. Plants are rooted in shallow pools of

water, and the erect stems and flowering

scapes are emergent from the water.

Affinities : Stylidium osculum is perhaps most

closely related to S. dunlopianum Carlquist,

as both have a substantial stem, similar

leaf shape, lateral lobes on the column,

and sepals fused into two lips. However,

5. osculum differs by the emarginate

calyx lips (entire in S. dunlopianum ), the

glabrous corolla (conspicuously glandular-

hairy in S. dunlopianum ), the presence of a

paracorolla (absent in S. dunlopianum ), the

labellum attached to the outside of the corolla

tube (attached at base of anterior sinus in

S. dunlopianum ), and the fused posterior

petals (free in S. dunlopianum).

Austrobaileya 8(2): 107-117 (2010)

Conservation status : Near Threatened

based on criterion D (IUCN 2001). It has a

quite small extent of occurrence, but there is

no evidence of decline.

Etymology : The epithet is from the Fatin

osculum meaning “little mouth” or “kiss”, and

is given in reference to the sepals that are fused

into two groups and resemble a little mouth. It

is used here as a noun in apposition.

Stylidium notabile A.R.Bean species nova

S. muscicola affinis sed inflorescentia

dichasialiter ramificanti, sepalis et tubis

corollarum longioribus, labello paginae

exterior i tubi corollae affixo, petal is

posterioribus connatis longioribus ellipticis

et columna multo longiore lobis lateralibus

carentibus differens. Typus: Northern

Territory. Kakadu National Park, near East

Alligator River, 29 April 1999, I.D.Cowie

8325 & C.R.Dunlop (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,

DNA, MEF).

Annual herb, 15-40 cm high with globose

glandular hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long. Rootstock

notthickened. Stems present, glabrous. Feaves

9-18 per plant, green, mostly in terminal

rosette, with some scattered below, obovate or

orbicular, 32-56 mm long including petiole,

12-21 mm wide, glabrous, apex obtuse, base

cuneate, margins entire. Petioles 12-25 mm

long. Scapes 1-4 per plant, green, 0.5-1.1

mm in diameter, glandular-hairy. Sterile

bracts absent. Inflorescences 15-25 cm long

including scape. Inflorescences determinate,

dichasially cymose; branches glandular-

hairy. Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 0.7-1.9

mm long, glabrous, apex obtuse. Bracteoles

absent. Pedicels absent. Hypanthium linear,

glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals elliptical,

3 free and 2 mostly fused, 2.4-3 x 0.4-0.6

mm, glandular-hairy, apex obtuse or acute.

Corolla pink, glabrous or glandular-hairy

on tube only. Corolla tube 3.5-4 mm long,

with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla

absent or with 2 small pink obtuse lobes,

< 0.1 mm long, at the base of the posterior

petals. Fabellum attached to outside of

corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long,

glabrous, terminal appendage absent, basal

appendages absent. Petals with posteriors

fused, A1+A2+(P1/P2). Anterior petals ovate

Bean, Stylidium

113

or orbicular, 3.5-5.5 x 2-3 mm, shortly

bilobed or entire, apex obtuse. Posterior

petals elliptical to obovate, 6-9 x 1.5-2.5 mm,

bilobed, obtuse. Column 13-16 mm long, of

uniform width throughout, glabrous, lateral

lobes absent, spur absent. Stigma sessile.

Capsule linear, with raised longitudinal ribs,

17-22 mm long excluding sepals, 0.5-0.7 mm

wide, halves detaching distally, not recurving.

Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.15-0.2 mm long, brown,

smooth. Fig. 5 & 6.

114

Austrobaileya 8(2): 107-117 (2010)

Fig. 6. Stylidium notabile. Photograph of corolla and strongly recurved column (from Brennan 7578).

Additional specimens examined: Northern Territory.

6.3 km SE of Cahills Crossing, May 1994, Brennan

2851 (DNA); Kakadu N.P., Mar 1999, Brennan 3696

(DNA); East Alligator River, Ubirr, Apr 1995, Brennan

3171 (DNA); East Alligator, in Njarridj complex. Mar

1993, Brennan 2116 (DNA); Kakadu N.P, Obiri Rocks

area, Apr 1987, Purdie 3147 (CANB, DNA); Obiri Rock

(Ubirr), May 1987, Wannan UNSW20301 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Stylidium notabile

grows on sandstone rock outcrops around

Ubirr near the East Alligator River in Kakadu

N P (Map 1)

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from March and May respectively.

Affinities : Stylidium notabile is related to

S. muscicola F.Muell. The latter name is

currently applied to two or more undescribed

species. The present author has examined the

type of S. muscicola , and the species described

here as S. notabile differs from typical

S. muscicola by the dichasially branched

inflorescences, the longer sepals and corolla

tubes, the labellum attached to the outside of

the corolla tube, the longer elliptical posterior

petals that are fused near their base, and the

much longer column without lateral lobes.

According to M.Barrett ( pers. comm. 2009), a

trigger plant similar to S. muscicola but with

Bean, Stylidium

115

larger pink flowers occurs in the Kimberley

region of Western Australia. It is possible that

this is referrable to S. notabile.

Conservation status : Near Threatened

based on criterion D (IUCN 2001). It has a

quite small extent of occurrence, but there is

no evidence of decline.

Etymology : From the Latin notabilis meaning

remarkable, a reference to the large and showy

corolla of this species.

Stylidium centrolepoides A.R.Bean species

nova S. turbinato affinis sed fructibus

multo brevioribus, columna pedicellisque

brevioribus et praesentia elementorum

paracorollae duorum longorum gracilium

cultriformium differens. Typus: Queensland.

Burke District: c. 1 km N of the Croydon to

Strathmore Homestead road, c. 31 km (direct)

NE of Croydon, 15 May 2001, G.P. Turpin

GPT413 & E.J.Thompson (holo: BRI; iso:

CANB distribuendi).

Annual herb to 4 cm high with ellipsoidal

glandular hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long. Rootstock

not thickened. Stems glabrous. Leaves 20-100

per plant, maroon or reddish-green, mostly in

terminal rosette with some scattered below,

linear, 5-10 x 0.3-0.7 mm, glabrous, apex

acute, base truncate, margins entire. Petioles

absent. Scapes 3-8 per plant, maroon or

reddish-green, 0.2-0.25 mm in diameter,

glandular-hairy. Inflorescences 1-2 cm long

including scape. Inflorescences determinate,

monochasially or dichasially cymose.

Inflorescence branches glandular-hairy.

Bracts linear, 0.7-1.4 mm long, glabrous, apex

obtuse. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 1.4-2 mm

long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid

to obconical, glandular-hairy throughout.

Sepals oblanceolate, all free, 1.2-1.4 x 0.3-

0.4 mm, sparsely glandular-hairy or glabrous,

apex obtuse. Corolla pink, tube glabrous,

petals glandular-hairy on underside. Corolla

tube 0.3-0.4 mm long, with sinus on anterior

side only. Paracorolla not continuous, thin,

glabrous, comprising two slender outgrowths

0.6-1.3 mm high at the base of the posterior

petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum

attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla

tube, ovate, c. 0.4 mm long, thick, glabrous,

terminal appendage absent, apex obtuse,

basal appendages absent. Petals all free,

A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1.3-1.5 x

0.4-0.5 mm, entire, apex obtuse or acute.

Posterior petals 1.2-1.3 x 0.6-0.7 mm, entire,

apex obtuse. Column 1.5-2 mm long, slightly

dilated at distal end, with eglandular hairs

only, lateral lobes absent, spur absent. Stigma

sessile. Capsule ellipsoidal to obconical,

with raised longitudinal ribs, 1.3-1.6 mm

long excluding sepals, 1.1-1.3 mm wide,

halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds

ellipsoidal, c. 0.15 mm long, brown, surface

foveolate. Fig. 7

Additional specimen examined : Queensland. Cook

District: ‘Abington Downs’, 13 kmN of Bel Bel crossing,

108 km NW of Georgetown, Aug 2006, Appelman R323

& Wilson (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : The two known

populations of Stylidium centrolepoides

are north-east of Croydon and north-west

of Georgetown in north Queensland (Map

1). It is found on flat ground in association

with Melaleuca viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn.,

Corymbia polycarpa (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill &

L.A.S.Johnson, and at one site, Eucalyptus

melanophloia F.Muell.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

for May and August.

Affinities : Stylidium centrolepoides is most

closely related to S. turbinatum Lowrie &

Kenneally from the Northern Territory and

northern Western Australia, with which it

shares a conspicuously ribbed hypanthium

and free sepals. It differs, however; by the

much shorter fruits, the shorter pedicels

and column, and the presence of two long

slender knife-like paracorolla elements.

S. centrolepoides is also related to S. floodii

F.Muell., a species that is found in the

Croydon area. It differs from S. floodii by the

conspicuously ribbed hypanthium, the knife¬

like paracorolla elements, the much shorter

column, and the shorter fruits.

Conservation status : Data deficient (IUCN

2001). The species does not grow in a special

microhabitat (E.J.Thompson, pers. comm.

2009) and hence it could be expected to grow

over a large area. Presumably, its ephemeral

nature and small size have precluded its

detection until recent times.

116

Austrobaileya 8(2): 107-117 (2010)

Fig. 7. Stylidium centrolepoides. A. whole plant * 4. B. flower and pedicel x 16. C. corolla and paracorolla x 24.

D. fruit x 16. All from Turpin GPT413 & Thompson (BRI).

Bean, Stylidium

117

Etymology : The specific epithet is given

for the vegetative resemblance between this

species and Centrolepis exserta (R.Br.) Roem.

& Schult., which has leaves of similar size,

shape and colour.

Acknowledgements

I am very grateful to Kym Brennan

(Department of Natural Resources,

Environment, the Arts and Sport, Northern

Territory Government) for supplying the

excellent plant specimens and photographs,

as well as habitat notes. I thank the Director

of the Northern Territory Herbarium (DNA)

for the loan of specimens, Will Smith (BRI)

for the illustrations and the map, and Peter

Bostock (BRI) for the Latin diagnoses.

References

Bean, A.R. (1999). A revision of Stylidium sect. Debilia

Mildbr., S. sect. Floodia Mildbr. and S. sect.

Lanata A.R.Bean (Stylidiaceae). Austrobaileya

5: 427-455.

_ (2000). A revision of Stylidium subg. Andersonia

(R.Br. ex G.Don) Mildbr. (Stylidiaceae).

Austrobaileya 5: 589-649.

Iucn (2001). Red List Categories and Criteria: Version

3.1. IUCN Species Survival commission. IUCN:

Gland/C ambr idge.

Map 1. Distribution of Stylidium species [•] S. exiguum [A], S. notabile [j*c], S. osculum , [▼] S. centrolepoides

Austrobaileya 8(2): 118(2010)

Book Review

Rainforest Restoration Manual for South-

Eastern Australia. Bill Peel (2010). CSIRO

Publishing: Melbourne. Softcover, 336

pp, Numerous colour photographs and

black & white illustrations; plus CD. ISBN

9780643094710. $120.00 AUD.

Restoration ecology is a difficult, albeit

popular pastime in Australia. Many well

meaning people devote time, energy and

money in attempting to return local vegetation

patches to some semblance of pre-European

grandeur. Most practitioners learn as they go,

or absorb the general principals from others

and there have been few published guides on

how to go about it.

The current offering is marketed as

the “definitive guide to the recovery and

restoration of ....rainforests from south¬

eastern Queensland to Tasmania”. Yet, the

same spiel narrows this down further to

between “Durras Mountain in New South

Wales and the Otways in Victoria”.

The book includes ten chapters, namely:

Background to rainforest restoration;

Understanding your rainforest and

applying first aid; Your rainforest and

ecological context; Immediate actions and

site planning; Choosing the method of

restoration; Resources; Project planning;

Project implementation; What is success

in restoration; Maintenance and ongoing

ecological management. Restoration ecology

in Australia has morphed into a strange mix

of principals from the field of conservation

biology combined with elements of folklore

and philosophy and this is reflected throughout

the book. The author states that the “essence

of ecological restoration is to understand the

concept of ecological resilience”. Overall it

can be stated that this is a belief or practicality

based, rather than scientifically orientated

guide, squarely aimed at the lay reader. There

are many statements dressed up as facts, but

if you want more than you have to load the

CD and look at the references for what they

are worth, although Wikipedia seems to loom

large throughout.

118

Decisions made by restoration practitioners

may echo down through the years, so from a

conservation biology perspective, there are a

few key areas that should be discussed in a text

such as this. The extensive index does not list

words such as dispersal, genetics, pollination

or population, though “provenance” is

mentioned in passing on p. 45 and “keystone

species” on three pages. Intriguing indexing

entries leads one to “canopy decapitation”

and “work variations”. Dispersal is covered

here and there (e.g. p. 107-108); so the basics

are there - just the indexing is poor.

This book does quite extensively cover the

effects of predicted climate change and how

this will affect the principals and maintenance

of restoration plantings. Also well covered are

the process of applying for funding and how

this is managed and allocated for particular

projects. Perhaps most intriguing is the detail

given to the correct “rainforest restoration

method”, even with a taxonomic key to

determine which one to use. Much of south¬

eastern Australia is an ecological basket case

where little or nothing is left of the original

rainforest vegetation outside of conservation

reserves, so this may well be the best way

to approach things. This contrasts to the

subtropics and tropics where large tracts or

numerous remnants still persist and systems

are perhaps easier to recreate or enhance.

Although this is an interesting book,

it is hard to dive into and one needs to

read it from beginning to end to gather the

maximum benefit. As with the book on palms

(reviewed elsewhere this journal number),

CSIRO Publishing has produced a text with a

worthless thin card cover that will disintegrate

after a few trips out in a vehicle or a backpack

to a work site.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium.

Cadetia uniflos (F.M.Bailey) M.T.Mathieson,

a new combination in Orchidaceae

Michael T. Mathieson

Summary

Mathieson, M.T. (2010). Cadetia uniflos (F.M.Bailey) M.T.Mathieson, a new combination in

Orchidaceae. Austrobaileya 8(2): 119-124. Dendrobium uniflos F.M.Bailey, originally described

in 1884 and subsequently placed in synonymy under Dendrobium hispidum F.Muell. var. taylori

(F.Muell) F.M.Bailey and, in turn, Cadetia taylori (F.Muell.) Schltr., is reinstated here and given a

new combination in the genus Cadetia. A description is provided for the species; this includes the

capsule that was previously unknown. Notes on distribution, habitat and conservation status are also

given. A key is provided to the Australian species of Cadetia Gaud.

Key Words: Orchidaceae, Cadetia , Cadetia uniflos , Dendrobium uniflos , Cadetia taylori , taxonomy,

Australia flora, Queensland flora, identification key

M.T.Mathieson, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Resource Management,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email:

m ichael. mathie son@der m. qld. gov. au

Introduction

The genus Cadetia Gaud, consists of

approximately 60 species distributed

throughout Australia, New Guinea, Southeast

Asia and India (Jones 2006; Govaerts et al.

2010). Species now included in Cadetia have

been previously described in Dendrobium ;

however, there is widespread consensus as

to the generic rank of the former (Schlechter

1912; Jones 2006; Govaerts et al. 2010). Five

species are currently recognised as occurring

in Queensland, namely Cadetia clausa

D.L. Jones &M.A.Clem., C. collinsii Lavarack,

C. maideniana (Schltr.) Schltr., C. taylori and

C. wariana Schltr. (Bostock & Holland 2007;

Clements & Jones 2008; P.Bostock pers.

comm ); the last-mentioned species has been

placed in Sarcocadetia (Schltr.) M. A.Clem. &

D. L. Jones (Clements & Jones 2002), but this

appears not to be widely accepted (Govaerts

etal. 2010).

Dendrobium uniflos F.M.Bailey has not

been recognised since Bailey synonymised

it under Dendrobium hispidum var. taylori

(Bailey 1902); it was later included in Cadetia

taylori (Schlechter 1912; Clements & Jones

2008).

Accepted for publication 13 September 2010

Although the type specimen of Dendrobium

uniflos , determined as Cadetia taylori in 1988

by M. Clements, has no flower or capsule,

a recent collection of a Cadetia from north

Queensland has been found to be a significantly

better match to the protologue description of

this species (Bailey 1884) than to C. taylori

as defined by the type and description by

Mueller (1874). Hence the species is reinstated

and given a new combination in Cadetia , and

is illustrated and compared to related species.

The distribution, habitat and conservation

status of Cadetia uniflos (F.M.Bailey)

M. T.Mathieson are discussed.

Materials and methods

The type specimen of Dendrobium uniflos

and all other Cadetia specimens held at the

Queensland Herbarium (BRI) were examined.

N. Walsh (MEL) provided observations on

the type specimen of Cadetia taylori , held in

the collection of the National Herbarium of

Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne.

Field observations of wild plants in the

genus were carried out during May 2010.

The species description is mainly based on

a recent collection (P.I.Forster PIF36932

& M.T.Mathieson) that is a close match to

Bailey’s original description of Cadetia

uniflos.

120

Taxonomy

Cadetia uniflos (F.M.Bailey) M.T.Mathieson

comb, nov.; Dendrobium uniflos F.M.Bailey,

Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 1: 12 (1884).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: Near

Herberton (cultivated Brisbane), ante 1884,

J.W.R.Stuarts.n. (holo: BRI [AQ49739]).

Clumping epiphyte or lithophyte. Pseudobulbs

erect, 30-60 mm long, 3.5-5.5 mm diameter

with shallow longitudinal ribs, loosely covered

(to half length) by remains of sheathing bract;

single leaf present at apex of each stem,

lamina obovate to lanceolate, 30-52 mm long,

3.5-6 mm wide, weakly emarginate, weakly

carinate and weakly revolute, shortly attenuate

at base. Flowers borne singly from the apex

of the stem, 9-11 mm diameter; floral bracts,

linear-lanceolate, 7-10 mm long; pedicels c.

16 mm long; ovary c. 4 mm long, glabrous;

petals, linear, slender and incurved, c. 6 mm

Austrobaileya 8(2): 119-124 (2010)

long when flattened and 0.7 mm wide, white;

dorsal sepal narrowly oblong-ovate when

flattened, c. 6 mm long and 3 mm wide, white;

lateral sepals more broadly oblong-ovate

when flattened, c. 6 mm long, 4-4.5 mm wide,

white; column obliquely erect, c. 2.5 mm long,

1 mm wide, glabrous; column wings narrow

with 2-3 apical projections extending slightly

beyond anther; pollinia 4, c. 0.5 mm long,

oblong, curved, yellow; anther cap white, but

can become tinged pink-purple with age and

on drying; labellum oblong, 5-6 mm long, c.

2.5 mm wide, tri-lobed, orange, lateral lobes

triangular, upright, antrorse, orange; mid-lobe

cordate, fleshy, strongly recurved, papillate to

bullate, sparsely hirsutulous and uniformly

coloured bright orange; a small patch of fine,

fleshy trichomes c. 0.2 mm long at base of

mid-lobe; capsule obovoid, elongate, c. 17 mm

long and 6.5 mm diameter, glabrous; pedicel

on mature capsule c. 10 mm long. Fig. 1 & 2.

Fig. 1. Cadetia uniflos , Hann Tableland, May 2010 (Forster PIF36932 & Mathiesori). Photograph: M.T.Mathieson

121

Mathieson, Cadetia uniflos

Additional specimens examined: Cook District: 4.5 km

west of Karnak, Jul 1994, Forster PIF15550, Sankowsky

& Tucker (BRI); Hann Tableland National Park, west

of Mareeba, May 2010, Forster PIF36932 & Mathieson

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat : The species is

currently known only from three localities

from northeast Queensland, spanning c.

120 km north to south; Karnak northwest of

Mossman, Hann Tableland near Mareeba and

the Herberton area. The type specimen of

Cadetia uniflos was originally collected from

the Herberton district on the western edge

of the Atherton Tableland some time prior

to 1884 by J.W.R. Stuart and subsequently

flowered at the Brisbane Botanic Gardens. An

accurate collection location of this specimen

is not known.

Habitat data was not given for the

type specimen. The two recent specimens

cited above were collected from evergreen

microphyll moss/fern thicket (Karnak) and

ecotone between simple notophyll vine forest

and wet sclerophyll forests (Hann Tableland),

both on granite, at between 950 and 1100 m

altitude.

Notes : The closest putative relative of Cadetia

uniflos in Australia is C. taylori, these being

the only two Australian species in the section

Ptero-Cadetia Schltr. They are very similar,

differing primarily in labellum structure and

occur over a similar distribution range in the

Wet Tropics and adjacent Einasleigh Uplands

where suitable habitat exists. A decision to

reinstate, with the new combination, Cadetia

uniflos , was made on the basis of differences

in the protologue descriptions of this species

and C. taylori as follows: the description of

the labellum of the type specimen of C. taylori

(as Bolbophyllum [sic] taylori ) (Mueller 1874)

is . .yellow, kidney-like, semi-orbicular with

short stiff hairs above”; recent examination of

the type specimen confirms the upper surface

of the labellum is prominently covered in

trichomes (N.Walsh pers. comm. August2010).

Bailey’s description of the labellum of the

type specimen of C. uniflos (as Dendrobium

uniflos) reads “...surface glandular, texture

thick, transversely furrowed, orange coloured”

(Bailey 1884). The recent collection from the

Hann Tableland, mentioned above, matches

Bailey’s protologue of Cadetia uniflos ,

which notably, does not mention a hirsute

nature to the labellum but simply describes

it as glandular, which is interpreted here as

papillate - bullate. The two species have not

been observed to co-occur.

Cadetia uniflos can be differentiated from

C. taylori as follows:

C. uniflos : labellum midlobe densely papillate

to bullate, somewhat glandular in appearance

in life, extremely sparsely hairy and intensely

bright orange, having a small patch of fine,

distally eglandular trichomes approximately

0.2 mm long or less near the proximal end

of the lobe; anther cap generally white when

fresh, often becoming pink-tinged with age

and on drying.

C. taylori. labellum midlobe uniformly

covered in prominent trichomes, eglandular

distally, papillate proximally, pale shades of

yellow, orange or pink in colour; anther cap

generally pink on fresh flowers but may be

white.

Comparative photographs of the two species

are shown in Figures 2 and 3.

Phenology : Flowering time was not specified

in the type description. The Karnak specimen

was collected while flowering, in July. Those

on the Hann Tableland were found flowering

profusely in the wild in early May. Since most

plants still had buds and some also had fruit,

most of which were ripe at the same time, a

flowering period spanning at least late March

through to July is likely.

Conservation status : Although this species

has been recorded from three widely separated

localities, it is likely to be found throughout

this area in suitable habitat. This paucity of

localities is likely to be a consequence of

under representation of orchids in herbaria

as populations of various Cadetia species

in northern Queensland are not infrequent

(P.I.Forster,/>er5. comm. August 2010).

No information is available about

population status at the type locality, the

locality itself being poorly defined, while

at the Karnak site it was determined to

be common. The population at the Hann

122

Austrobaileya 8(2): 119-124 (2010)

Fig. 2. Cadetia uniflos: A. whole plant x 1. B. flower from the side x 4. C. flower from the front x 6. D. labellum from

the side x 12. E. labellum from the front x 12. F. labellum from above x 12. G. labellum flattened, from above x 12. H.

capsule x 2. All from Forster PIF36932 & Mathieson (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

123

Mathieson, Cadetia uniflos

Tableland site was estimated to be between

200 and 500 plants occupying an area of less

than ten hectares. Applying criteria of the

IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (IUCN

2010), the conservation status is Vulnerable

(D2 based on restricted area of occupancy). As

the species can occur on the ecotone between

wet sclerophyll and upland rainforest, fire is

a potential threat to the species. Collection

of plants by hobbyists has been and remains

a real threat at all localities, especially those

with good accessibility (e.g. National Park

walking tracks).

Key to the Australian species of Cadetia

1 Plants with creeping rhizome; pseudobulbs, short, fleshy, cylindrical-

conical; height:width ratio of mature pseudobulbs generally <4.C. wariana

1. Plants clumping; pseudobulbs, non-fleshy, slender cylindrical or somewhat

flattened; height:width ratio of mature pseudobulbs generally >4.2

2 Ovary covered in fleshy tubercles.3

2. Ovary glabrous.5

3 Pseudobulbs generally < 20 mm long on mature plants, cylindrical.C. collinsii

3. Pseudobulbs generally > 40 mm long on mature plants, flattened, widening

at apex.4

4 Labellum distinctly lobed; lateral lobes broad, blunt; capsules obovoid,

c. 5 mm long x 4 mm diameter.C. clausa

4. Labellum barely lobed, lateral lobes vestigial, pointed (toothlike); capsules

obovoid, c. 8 mm long x 7 mm diameter.C. maideniana

5 Upper surface of labellum midlobe papillate, prominently and

largely uniformly covered in trichomes; pale colours of yellow, orange

or pink; anther cap generally pink-tinged.C. taylori

5. Upper surface of labellum midlobe papillate to bullate, very sparsely

hairy except for a small patch of trichomes at the base; bright orange;

anther cap generally white.C. uniflos

Acknowledgements

Collections and observations were made on a

Bush Blitz nature discovery expedition funded

by the Federal Government in part. Figure 1

was drawn by Will Smith (BRI). Paul Forster

and Peter Bostock kindly commented on a

draft of this document. Staff at MEL (David

Cantrill, Pina Milne & Neville Walsh) are

thanked for their assistance regarding access

to and description of the type specimen of

Cadetia taylori.

References

Bailey, F.M. (1884). Contributions to the Queensland

Flora. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 1: 8-19.

Bailey, F.M. (1902). The Queensland Flora, Vol. 5: 1532.

H. J.Diddams & Co: Brisbane.

Bostock, P.D. & Holland, A.E. (eds.) (2007). Census

of the Queensland Flora 2007. Queensland

Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency:

Brisbane.

Clements, M.A. & Jones, D.L. (2002). Nomenclatural

changes in the Dendrobieae (Orchidaceae) 1:

The Australasian region. The Orchadian 13(11):

485-497.

124

Austrobaileya 8(2): 119-124 (2010)

Fig. 3. Cadetia taylori , Hann Tableland, May 2010 ( Mathieson MTM827 & Forster). Photograph: M.T.Mathieson

Clements, M. & Jones, D.L. (2008). Australian Orchid

Name Index (13/6/2008). Centre for Plant

Biodiversity Research, Australian National

Botanic Gardens, Canberra. Published on the

I nter net: <htt p: //www. anbg. gov. au/cpbr/cd-

key s/orchidkey/Aust- Orch-N ame-I ndex-08-06-

13.pdf >, accessed 19 July 2010.

Govaerts, R., Pfahl, J., Campacci, M.A., Holland

Baptista, D., Tigges, H., Shaw, J., Cribb, P.,

George, A., Kreuz, K. & Wood, J. (2010).

World Checklist of Orchidaceae. The Board of

Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Published on the Internet: <http://www.kew.

org/wcsp/>, accessed 19 July 2010.

Iucn (2010). IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.

Version 2010.2. <http://www.iucnredlist.org> .

Downloaded on 29 June 2010.

Jones, D.L. (2006). A complete guide to the native orchids

of Australia, including the island territories.

Reed New Holland: Frenchs Forest, N S W.

Mueller, F. (1874). FragmentaPhytographiaeAustraliae

8: 150-151. Government Printer: Melbourne

Schlechter, R. (1912). Die Orchidaceen von Deutsch-

Neu-Guinea. Repertorium Specierum Novarum

Regni Vegetabilis , Beihefte 1: 401-560.

Trichosanthes odontosperma W.E.Cooper & A.J.Ford

(Cucurbitaceae), a new species from Queensland’s Wet Tropics

W.E.Cooper 1 & A.J.Ford 2

Summary

Cooper, W.E. & Ford, A.J. (2010). Trichosanthes odontosperma W.E.Cooper & A.J.Ford

(Cucurbitaceae), a new species from Queensland’s Wet Tropics. Austrobaileya 8(2): 125-131.

Trichosanthes odontosperma W.E.Cooper & A.J.Ford is described and illustrated. Notes on habitat,

distribution, and conservation status are provided.

Key Words: Cucurbitaceae, Trichosanthes , Trichosanthes odontosperma , Trichosanthes section

Edulis , Australia flora, Queensland flora, new species

'W.E.Cooper, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor

Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia

2 A. J.Ford, CSIRO, Sustainable Ecosystems, Tropical Forest Research Centre, RO. Box 780, Atherton,

Queensland 4883, Australia

Introduction

Trichosanthes L. (Cucurbitaceae) is a genus

of approximately 100 species of vines,

distributed from India and China to Australia

and the eastern Pacific (Rugayah & de Wilde

1999). Currently six species of Trichosanthes

are recorded for Australia (Telford 1982;

Harden 1990; Cooper & Cooper 2004), with

four species being considered endemic:

Trichosanthes pentaphylla F.Muell. ex

Benth., Trichosanthes subvelutina F.Muell.

ex Cogn., Trichosanthes holtzei F.Muell.

and Trichosanthes odontosperma described

herein. Trichosanthes species occur in

tropical and subtropical vegetation, primarily

rainforest, monsoon forest, vine thickets and

sparsely vegetated rocky outcrops.

Trichosanthes is placed in the subfamily

Cucurbitoideae Endl., tribe Trichosantheae

C.Jeffrey and subtribe Trichosanthinae Pax

(Jeffrey 2005; Kocyan et al. 2007). The

subtribe Trichosanthinae contains only one

additional genus, Gymnopetalum Arn., which

has four species distributed from India to

China and Malesia. These two genera can be

distinguished by the presence or absence of

corolla fringes and overall shape of the folded

petals in mature bud (de Wilde & Duyfjes

2006). In addition, the morphology and

presence of probracts within Trichosanthes

Accepted for publication 27 April 2010

has been shown to be an important taxonomic

feature (Duyfjes & Pruesapan 2004), which

has not been previously reported for Australian

species. A revision of Australian species of

Trichosanthes is currently in progress (Cooper

& de Boer, unpublished).

The species described below as

Trichosanthes odontosperma has been

known as Trichosanthes sp. A (Telford

1982), Trichosanthes sp. (Mt Lewis) (Cooper

& Cooper 1994; Cooper & Cooper 2004)

and Trichosanthes sp. (Mt Lewis B.Gray

167) (Hyland et al 2003; Edginton 2007).

The flowers open at night and have mostly

shrivelled and disintegrated by early morning,

making collections of quality material

problematic. Furthermore, this species

(like most Trichosanthes) is dioecious, with

female flowers being particularly difficult to

procure. Accordingly, a paucity of suitable

collections with adequate duplicates until

now has probably led to a lack of enthusiasm

for describing this taxon.

Materials and methods

The study is based upon the examination of

herbarium material from BRI, CANB, CNS

and NSW with field observations by the first

author. All specimens cited have been seen

by one or both authors. Length and width

dimensions are indicated as length x width

followed by the measurement unit.

126

Flowers do not usually occur in

abundance, appearing mostly in ones and

twos, therefore for this study collections from

the same plant were made over a few weeks

to gather enough material for an adequate

description. Measurements of the floral parts

and fruits are based on material preserved in

70% ethanol as well as fresh material from

the field. Abbreviations in the specimen

citations are: L.A. (Logging Area) and S.F.R.

(State Forest Reserve). The abbreviation RE

in the distribution and habitat notes refers to

Regional Ecosystem, descriptions of which

can be viewed at www.derm.qld.gov.au/

wildlife-ecosystem/biodiversity/regional_

ecosystems/index.php

Taxonomy

Trichosanthes odontosperma W.E.Cooper

& A.J.Ford, species nova a T. subvelutina

F.Muell. ex Cogn., probracteis linearibus,

foliis glabris vel glabrescentibus, bracteis

racemorum masculorum 3-4 mm longis,

receptaculitubo florum masculorum

et feminearum abaxialiter glabro vel

glabrescenti, fructibus aurantiacis vel rubris,

et seminibus lobatis dentatisque differt.

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Westcott

Road, Topaz, 15 April 2009, W.E.Cooper

2065 (holo: CNS [2 sheets + spirit] [7 sheets

to be distributed to BRI, CANB, DNA, L,

MO, NSW & UPS).

Trichosanthes sp. A (Telford 1982: 196).

Trichosanthes sp. (Williams 1987: 306; Jones

& Gray 1988: 350).

Trichosanthes sp. (Mt Lewis) (Cooper &

Cooper 1994: 610; Cooper & Cooper 2004:

144).

Trichosanthes sp. (Mt Lewis BG167) (Hyland

et al. 2003).

Trichosanthes sp. (Mt Lewis B.Gray 167)

(Edginton 2007: 54).

Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (1994: 291),

as Trichosanthes sp. (Mt Lewis); Cooper &

Cooper (2004: 145), as Trichosanthes sp. (Mt

Lewis); Hyland et al. (2003), as Trichosanthes

sp. (Mt Lewis BG 167); Jones & Gray (1988:

354 & back cover), as Trichosanthes sp.;

Williams (1987: 307), as Trichosanthes sp.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 125-131 (2010)

Dioecious trailing vine or liana to mid¬

canopy with stems to 3 cm diameter at base,

perennial, partially or completely seasonally

senescent. Stems and young branchlets 5-

angular, glabrescent with minute multicellular

trichomes clustered at nodes; bark fissured and

corky on older growth; nodes often markedly

swollen. Probracts on nodes beside petioles,

caducous, linear or narrowly ovate, minutely

lobed or with a few teeth, 3-13 x 1-3 mm,

glandular, glabrous or glabrescent. Tendrils

arising beside petiole, unbranched or 2- or 3-

branched. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate,

discolorous, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole

20-95 mm long; lamina ovate, cordate or

triangular, unlobed or rarely 3-lobed, 50-

190 x 41-160 mm, leathery, base cordate or

rarely hastate, sinus mostly narrow and deep;

apex acuminate to acute, with or without a

soft mucro; margin denticulate with 13-27

teeth per side; upper side smooth, glabrous

or with sparse, minute, translucent-white

multicellular trichomes on main veins;

numerous small, translucent and sunken

multicellular (rosette-shaped) cystoliths,

which in most dried specimens become

black and flush or slightly protruding; midrib

flush in fresh specimens and slightly sunken

when dried; underside with sparse, minute,

translucent-white multicellular trichomes

on main veins, 1-16 circular and flat glands

on each side of the leaf base; primary lateral

veins usually 3 on each side of midrib, at 45-

75° to the midrib; intralateral veins reticulate.

Inflorescence arising beside petiole, solitary,

in pairs or racemose; flowers unisexual,

epigynous, fragrant, 4 or mostly 5-merous,

actinomorphic. Male flowers mostly solitary,

rarely a fascicle of two flowers or a raceme

beside a solitary flower, 45-90 mm diameter;

bracts narrowly ovate, glabrous, 5-17 %

1-3 mm, at the base of racemose flowers;

peduncle 35-110 mm long; pedicel 43-83 mm

long. Receptacle tube green or creamy-green

with a narrow bright yellow centre, adaxial

surface of tube yellow, 45-90 mm long,

salverform, glabrous or glabrescent abaxially;

sepals usually 5 (rarely 4), free, green,

triangular, entire or with 1-3 teeth, glabrous

or glabrescent, 8-20 x 2-4 mm; petals 5

(rarely 4), fused, white, obdeltoid, length

including fimbriations 27-40 x 24-40 mm,

Cooper & Ford, Trichosanthes odontosperma

both surfaces villous becoming glabrescent

towards apex; fimbriations simple or forked,

up to 16 mm long. Stamens 3, included, free

until anthesis, becoming connate, filaments

2-5 mm long, glabrous; anthers oblong, s-

shaped, 8-11 mm long, two bilocular and

one unilocular, basifixed. Female flowers

solitary, 60-73 x 55-65 mm; peduncle

31-50 mm long, bracts absent. Receptacle

tube green or creamy-green with a narrow

bright yellow centre, adaxial surface of tube

yellow, 39-55 mm long, salverform, glabrous

or glabrescent abaxially; sepals 5, green,

triangular, entire, glabrous or glabrescent,

5-12 x 1-2 mm; petals 5, white, obdeltoid,

28-31 mm long, both surfaces villous, fringe

glabrescent; style c. 25 mm long. Stigma

bifid, c. 6 mm long. Ovary 14-24 mm long,

glabrous and 10-ribbed externally; ovules

numerous, in (vertical) longitudinal rows, c.

1 mm long. Fruit a pepo or berry, ovoid or

ellipsoid, apex beaked, 90-140 x 60-90 mm,

glabrous, longitudinally 10-ribbed, orange to

red; peduncle 25-40 (or more, based upon

flowering specimens) mm long, 4-10 mm

wide; mesocarp yellow-orange, firm, 10-13

mm thick; seeds numerous, quadrangular,

suspended in orange or red pulp, 1-celled, 2-

horned at one end, 4-lobed at the other end,

both sides with 2 rows of 2-10 teeth, 12-18

mm long, 6.3-77 mm wide, 3-4 mm thick;

testa brown to blackish; endosperm absent;

radicle c. 1mm long, much shorter and

narrower than the cotyledons. Germination

epigeal (phanerocotylar); cotyledons elliptic,

14-23 x 6-9 mm. Rainforest gourd. Fig. 1.

Additional selected specimens (from 34 examined ):

Queensland. Cook District: Adeline Creek Road, Oct

1993, Le Cussan 238 (CNS); Mt Lewis, May 1975, Gray

167(C NS); S.F.R. 143, Windmill L.A., Feb 1976, Hyland

8607 (CNS); 4.5 km from Whyanbeel on track to Stewart

Creek, 13.7 km NW of Mossman, Nov 1988, Jessup et al.

GJM508 (BRI); S.F.R. 194, Western, Cpt 55, Oct 1991,

Hyland 14275 (CNS); Tinaroo Range, Downfall Creek

Road, Feb 1962, Webb 5757 (BRI); Kennedy Road,

junction with Kennedy Highway, Mar 2000, Gray 7804

(CNS); Stockwellia Track, May 1996, Jensen 766 (CNS);

Swipers L.A., S.F.R. 310, Aug 1981, Gray 20187V(CNS,)]

Topaz N.R, April 2009, Cooper 2066 (CNS); Westcott

Road, Topaz, Jan 1992, Cooper 151 (CNS); loc. cit. , Jun

1999, Cooper 1240 (CNS); loc. cit., Jun 1999, Cooper

1255 (CNS); loc. cit, Apr 2009, Cooper 2058 (CNS);

Towalla, Oct 1994, Cooper 844 (CNS); Near junction of

Dirran River and Millaa Millaa railway line. Mar 1945,

Thurston 640 (CNS); 22 km south of Atherton on road to

127

Ravenshoe, April 2002, Bean 18909 (BRI); S.F.R. 755,

North Johnstone L.A., Nov 1977, Dockrill 1406 (CNS);

S.F.R. 650, Mt Fisher, Oct 1978, Gray 1044 (CNS);

Tully Falls, Dec 1947, Fielding Cairns 1 (CNS). North

Kennedy District: S.F.R. 605, Culpa Road, 3.7 km from

O’Leary Creek Bridge, site 53, May 2002, Ford 3382 &

Holmes (BRI, CNS).

Distribution and habitat : Trichosanthes

odontosperma is endemic to the Wet Tropics

bioregion in north-eastern Queensland,

where it is currently known to occur from

the Windsor Tableland area, west of Cape

Tribulation, to the Cardwell Range, west

of Tully (Map 1). It inhabits predominantly

wetter and more mountainous notophyll or

mesophyll vineforests/rainforests on soils

derived from basalt, rhyolite, mudstones

and granite. Although it occurs over a

wide geographical area, common canopy

species throughout most of its range include:

Argyrodendron peralatum (F.M. Bailey)

Edlin ex Boas, Beilschmiedia bancroftii

(F.M.Bailey) C.T.White, Cardwellia sublimis

F.Muell., Cryptocarya mackinnoniana

F.Muell., Cryptocarya oblata F.M.Bailey,

Doryphora aromatica (F.M.Bailey) L.S.Sm.,

Endiandra montana C.T.White, Ficus

pleurocarpa F.Muell., Flindersia brayleyana

F.Muell., Franciscodendron laurifolium

(F.Muell.) B.Hyland & Steenis, Syzygium

gustavioides (F.M.Bailey) B.Hyland and

Sloanea macbrydei F.Muell. Common

small trees and shrubs throughout most of

its range include: Apodytes brachystylis

F.Muell., Atractocarpus hirtus (F.Muell.)

Puttock, Delarbrea michieana (F.Muell.)

F.Muell., Gossia dallachiana (F.Muell. ex

Benth.) N.Snow & Guymer, Rockinghamia

angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw and Wilkiea

angustifolia (F.M.Bailey) J.R.Perkins.

Trichosanthes odontosperma appears to

be favoured by disturbance, and is frequently

seen on rainforest margins and in tree-fall

gaps, especially on soils derived from basalt.

Altitudinal range is 60-1160 m, although

there appears to be a preference between 600

m and 1000 m.

Trichosanthes odontosperma has been

recorded or reliably reported in the following

regional ecosystems (REs): 7.3.36a (rarely),

7.8.1a (rarely), 7.8.2a (commonly), 7.8.4a

(commonly), 7.8.4c (rarely), 7.11.1a (rarely),

7.11.12a (rarely) and 7.12.16a (commonly).

128

Austrobaileya 8(2): 125-131 (2010)

Fig. 1. Trichosanthes odontosperma. A. flowering node (male plant) with mature leaf and tendril. B. female flower

lateral view longitudinal section. C. male flower lateral view longitudinal section showing s-shaped anthers. D. male

flower face view. E. glandular probract and immature flower bud. F. fruit lateral view. G. lateral view of seed (left),

adaxial view of seed (right). Scales as indicated. A, C, D, E Cooper 2065 (CNS); B Cooper 2067 (CNS); F, G Cooper

844 (CNS). Del. W.T.Cooper.

Cooper & Ford, Trichosanthes odontosperma

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in all

months; fruits have been recorded in January,

March, April, June, July, August, October and

November.

Notes : The flowers of Trichosanthes

odontosperma open during the evening and

before they unfurl are commonly visited

by numerous small scuttleflies belonging

to the family Phoridae (Fig. 2). The flowers

smell strongly of sweet coconut and the flies

are often still on them as they disintegrate.

In warm weather, this occurs during the

129

following morning. In cool wet weather the

flowers may remain on the plant in reasonable

condition for about 24-36 hours. Stems are

usually leafless and dying when ripe fruits

are present.

Affinities : Trichosanthes odontosperma

belongs in T. section Edulis Rugayah

along with eight other species from New

Guinea (Rugayah & De Wilde 1999) and is

the only Australian representative of this

section. Trichosanthes section Edulis is

distinguished from the other four sections

Fig. 2. Male flowers of Trichosanthes odontosperma being visited by scuttleflies (Phoridae).

130

Austrobaileya 8 ( 2 ): 125-131 ( 2010 )

in the genus by the combination of dioecy,

presence of probracts, red fruit pulp, and seed

morphology (quadrangular and notched or

toothed) (Rugayah & de Wilde 1999). Within

Australia, the flowers of T. odontosperma are

most similar to T. subvelutina from section

Foliobracteola Cheng & Yueh (Rugayah &

De Wilde 1999). T. subvelutina is endemic

to southeast Queensland and northeast

New South Wales and has persistent, ovate,

quadrate or broadly triangular probracts,

pubescent or hirsute leaves and receptacle-

tube, greenish-white fruit pulp and seeds with

entire margins. Bracts on male racemes of

T. subvelutina are 19-33 mm long compared

with 5-17 mm long in T. odontosperma.

Conservation status : Most existing

collections of Trichosanthes odontosperma

have been made within the World Heritage

Area of the Wet Tropics. T. odontosperma

has been collected in Daintree, Maalan,

Wooroonooran and Tully Falls National Parks.

The extent of occurrence is estimated to be no

less than 2390 km 2 and occurs over a large,

but narrow, geographical area. Accordingly it

is not considered at risk or under threat at this

time.

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from the Greek, odonto (tooth) and -sperma

(seed) and refers to the toothed seeds,

distinguishing it from all other Australian

Trichosanthes.

Acknowledgements

The first author thanks Frank Zich and

Darren Crayn for support and access to CNS

herbarium, Bill Cooper for the illustrations,

Lyn Craven (CANB) for the translation of

the diagnosis into Latin. Hugo de Boer and

Frank Zich provided useful comments on an

earlier manuscript. Peter Bostock provided

the distribution map and Christine Lambkin

(Queensland Museum) kindly identified the

flies. Loans from BRI, CANB and NSW

were greatly appreciated. Permits to collect

in the Wet Tropics were issued by the

Queensland Department of Environment and

Resource Management. The second author

acknowledges this work has been partly

funded through the Australian Government’s

Marine and Tropical Sciences Research

Facility.

References

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (1994). Fruits of the

Rainforest. GEO: Sydney.

- (2004). Fruits of the Australian Tropical

Rainforest. Nokomis Editions: Melbourne.

Duyfjes, B.E.E. & Pruesapan, K. (2004). The genus

Trichosanthes L. (Cucurbitaceae) in Thailand.

Thai Forest Bulletin (Botany) 32: 76-109.

De Wilde , W.J.J.O. & Duyfjes, B.E.E. (2006). Review

of the genus Gymnopetalum (Cucurbitaceae).

Blumea 51: 281-296.

Edginton, M. (2007). Cucurbitaceae. In P.D. Bostock &

A. E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland

Flora 2007, p. 54. Environmental Protection

Agency: Brisbane.

Harden, G. (ed.) (1990). Flora of New South Wales

Volume 1. New South Wales University Press:

Sydney.

Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T., Christophel, D.C., Gray,

B. & Elick, R.W. (2003). Australian Tropical

Rain Forest Plants. Trees, Shrubs and Vines.

CD-ROM. CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.

Jeffrey, C. (2005). A new system of Cucurbitaceae.

Botanicheskii Zhurnal 90: 332-335.

Jones, D.L & Gray, B. (1988). Climbing Plants in

Australia. Reed: Frenchs Forest.

Kocyan, A., Zhang, L., Schaefer, H., & Renner, S.

(2007). A multi-locus chloroplast phytogeny

for the Cucurbitaceae and its implications

for character evolution and classification.

Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 44:

553-577.

Rugayah & De Wilde, W.J.J.O. (1999). Trichosanthes

L. (Cucurbitaceae) in Malesia. Reinwardtia 11:

227-280.

Telford, I.R. (1982). Cucurbitaceae. In A.S.George

(ed.) Flora of Australia. 8: 194-198. Australian

Biological Resources Study: Canberra.

Williams, K.A.W. (1987). Native Plants of Queensland

3: 306. K.A.W.Williams: North Ipswich.

Cooper & Ford, Trichosanthes odontosperma

131

Map 1. Distribution of Trichosanthes odontosperma (•) in north-east Queensland. Shaded area on map indicates

nature conservation reserves (National Parks, Forest Reserves and Conservation Parks).

Austrobaileya 8(2): 132(2010)

Book Review

Australian Palms - biogeography, ecology

and systematics. J.L.Dowe (2010). CSIRO

Publishing: Melbourne. Softcover, 290 pp,

numerous colour photographs and black &

white illustrations. ISBN 9780643096158.

$140.00 AUD.

Palms are often the bane of botanists and

others that wish to identify and collect them

for botanical specimens. They are quite easily

(along with pandans) the most difficult plants

to process to produce anything meaningful

for herbaria and those that use them. Despite

their paucity in the Australian flora (only 60

species in 21 genera), their identification has

not always been straight forward and this is

often compounded when plants are cultivated

alongside similar, but exotic species.

John Dowe has had a research interest in

palms for many years, producing a number of

revisions of genera such as Archontophoenix

and Livistona. He has also studied them in

numerous locations in New Guinea and the

islands of the Pacific. This academic approach

to palms has meant that this comprehensive

overview is well researched and far from

superficial.

The bulk of the book is a standard

morphological description of the Australian

palms, presented in a formal taxonomic

format with citation of type specimens, a

detailed description and notes on typification,

etymology, distributon and ecology and

other points of interest. Each species is

illustrated with colour photographs of the

plants in habitat, together with photographs of

flowers, fruit and leaf details. A photograph

of the type specimen (a single sheet only, not

including multiple sheet types or carpological

material) is also included. A generalised map

of Australia with dots of distribution records

is provided for each species.

Prior to the taxonomic section, there

are a number of general chapters. The early

documentation of Australian palms is covered

briefly and includes brief biographies of

botanists significant for their classification

or taxonomy. The historical biogeography

of palms is a general chapter with particular

reference to Australia and covers fossils,

climate change over time and the connection

with New Guinea. Distribution and ecology

132

of Australian palms is extensively reviewed

with sections on environments, place in

the landscape, phytogeographical regions,

distribution patterns, remote distributions,

soils, fire, climate, demography, population

dynamics and genetics. This is followed by a

systematic arrangement of Australian palms

following recent molecular driven phylogenies

for the group as a whole.

The taxonomic section is arranged in palm

subfamilies with keys to genera, followed by

keys to species where relevant.

The book ends with chapters on doubtful

or excluded names, a field identification key to

all species, a checklist of genera and species,

glossary, list of references and index.

Overall this is an excellent book. In

nearly all instances the data and information

incorporated is right up to date, although

documentation of distributions moves on and

an easy example is for Linospadix apetiolata,

now known to be more widespread in the Wet

Tropics than indicated here. Unlike the book

on rainforest pollination reviewed elsewhere

in this journal, this time around the references

are formally cited in the text and easily found

in the bibliography. I would have liked to

have seen a guide to collecting herbarium

specimens included as few botanical collectors

know how to do this properly. It reminds me of

the advice traditionally offered on this topic,

namely that you selected the palm of interest,

then cut it down (or perhaps some lackey did

this task?), prior to making the appropriate

specimen (Womersley 1981). Hopefully this

book will prevent too many tall Hydriastele

costata being collected in this way and the

often important local dominance of palms in

certain plant communities can be appreciated

and documented more often.

Why CSIRO Publishing chose to produce

this book with a paper thin soft cover eludes

me. With little to no use, this worthless cover

is already curling and any field use will see it

disintegrate within days. Hopefully they might

correct this and reissue a very worthwhile

reference book in a hardcover version.

Reference

Womersley, J.S. (1981). Plant collecting and herbarium

development. FAO Plant Production and

Protection Paper no. 33. FAO: Rome.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium.

Citrus wakonai P.I.Forst. & M.W.Sm. (Rutaceae), a new

species from Goodenough Island, Papua New Guinea

Paul I. Forster 1 & Malcolm W. Smith 2

Summary

Forster, PI. & Smith, M.W. (2010). Citrus wakonai P.I.Forst. & M.W.Sm. (Rutaceae), a new species

from Goodenough Island, Papua New Guinea. Austrobaileya 8(2): 133-138. A new species of Citrus

is described and illustrated and its putative relationships discussed. Citrus wakonai is known from

Goodenough Island, Milne Bay Archipelago in Papua New Guinea where it is a small understorey

tree up to 6 m tall. It provides small edible fruit, but currently lacks potential as a source of new

rootstocks or germplasm for the citrus industry due to viral susceptibility.

Key Words: Rutaceae, Citrus , Citrus austratasica, Citrus garrawayi , Citrus wakonai , Citrus

warburgiana, Papua New Guinea flora, taxonomy, nomenclature, new species

‘Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@derm.qld.

gov.au

2 Bundaberg Research Station, Queensland Department of Employment, Economic Development &

Innovation, 49 Ashfield Road, Bundaberg, Queensland 4670, Australia. Email: malcolm.smith@

deedi.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The genus Citrus L. occurs in Asia (China),

Malesia (including Papua New Guinea

[PNG]) and Australia and is now considered

to incorporate the genera Clymenia Swingle,

Eremocitrus Swingle, Feroniella Swingle,

Fortunella Swingle, Microcitrus Swingle,

Oxanthera Montrouz. and Poncirus Raf.

(Bayer et al. 2009). Eight or nine species

have been recognised for the combined land

masses of New Guinea (four or five species

when species formerly classified in Clymenia

and Microcitrus are excluded) and Australia

(six species when species formerly classified

in Eremocitrus and Microcitrus are included).

Most of these taxa have been considered

endemic to one land mass or the other, with

only C. garrawayi F.M.Bailey considered

as shared between the two (Forster 1991;

Mabberley 1998).

The 1991 identification of Citrus

garrawayi from fragmentary PNG material

collected by Fen Brass in 1953 on the

4 th Archbold Expedition and held at the

Queensland Herbarium, was primarily based

upon similarities in leaf morphology between

Accepted for publication 23 July 2010

this material and Australian collections of that

species. This same material had previously

been erroneously referred by Stone (1985) to

C. australasicaYMxxQW., a species restricted to

south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern

New South Wales. The habitats where Brass

collected his material on Goodenough Island

in the Milne Bay Archipelago are dissimilar

to those in Queensland where C. garrawayi

occurs due to greater elevation and different

geology and vegetation community

composition (see Brass [1956] for a general

vegetation description). Hence, collection of

complete material from Goodenough Island

was considered a priority, not only to resolve

its taxonomic identity, but to trial this genetic

diversity for a Citrus breeding and rootstock

development program at Bundaberg.

In September 2000 Malcolm Smith visited

Goodenough Island, and using Brass’s original

field notes (held in the Queensland Herbarium

archives) and the assistance of local villagers

from Wakonai was able to relocate the Citrus

populations collected by Brass. Several

plants were located with ripe fruit and fresh

seed. Some of these seed were imported

into Australia and grown to maturity at the

Bundaberg Research Station. Examination

134

of live material in habitat, together with that

grown in Australian cultivation has revealed a

number of morphological differences between

this and material of other Citrus species from

Australia and PNG. These populations from

Goodenough Island are described here as the

new species Citrus wakonai.

Materials and methods

The data and description in this paper are

based on live and subsequent dried or pickled

material of Australian and PNG Citrus

species held at the Queensland Herbarium

(BRI). Information on Brass holdings of PNG

Citrus in the Harvard University herbaria was

provided by that institution in March 2007.

Length and width dimensions are indicated as

length x width followed by the measurement

unit.

Taxonomy

Citrus wakonai PI.Forst. & M.W.Sm.,

species nova differt a C. warburgiana stipulis

lanceolatis eumorphis (non obsoletis); folii

lamina lanceolato-trullata apice acuminato

(in ilia lanceolato apice acuto usque obtuso);

fructibus plus quam duplo longioribus,

obovoideis, externe flaveolis, succis vesiculis

flaveolis maturitate (in ilia globosis, externe

viridibus, succis vesiculis pallide viridibus

maturitate). Typus: Papua New Guinea. Milne

Bay Province: Utamodi Valley, southwest of

Wakonai Village, Goodenough Island (ex situ

cultivated at Bundaberg), 30 September 2008,

M.W.Smith 09Q005 (holo: BRI [3 sheets +

spirit]; iso: CNS, LAE).

Citrus australasica auct. non F.Muell.; Stone

(1985: 226).

Citrus garrawayi (as ‘ garrawayae ’) auct. non

F.M.Bailey; Forster (1991: 357), Mabberley

(1998: 338).

Tree to 6 m tall, bark somewhat corky, cream;

branches somewhat weak and straggling;

often coppicing and suckering from base;

indumentum of simple, weakly hooked,

antrorse trichomes, fawn to uncoloured; most

vegetative organs with copious oil glands.

Leafy twigs terete, 1-2 mm diameter, axillary

spines solitary, 3-5 mm long; stipules

lanceolate, 0.8-1 x 0.5-0.7, marginally ciliate.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 133-138 (2010)

Leaves 18-65 mm long, glossy; petioles 2-5

x 0.8-1 mm, marginate to winged - the latter

obdeltoid towards the lamina base, very weakly

articulated at base of leaf lamina, indumentum

sparse; lamina lanceolate-trullate, 15-60 x 7-

26 mm, dark green above, paler green below,

margins crenate-dentate with 17-22 teeth per

side of midrib (often with secondary teeth);

venation barely visible above, prominent

below with 1° midrib and 2° laterals raised,

3° and 4° interlaterals weakly developed; tip

acuminate, apically notched due to teeth, base

acute; indumentum restricted to lower surface

on 1° and 2° veins, scattered. Inflorescence of

solitary flowers, or 2 or 3 in a small fascicle;

peduncle ± obsolete or short and up to 2 mm

long, indumentum scattered; bracts variable,

lanceolate to linear, 1-2 x 0.2-0.3 mm, few

apical or marginal cilia. Flowers 6-7 mm

long, 10-12 mm diameter; pedicels short, 1-2

x 0.8-1 mm, glabrous; calyx cupular, sepals

5, orbicular-ovate, 1.8-2 x 2-2.2 mm, slightly

overlapping at margins and with marginal

cilia; petals 5, reflexed at anthesis, ecucullate,

lanceolate, 7-7.5 x 2.8-3 mm, white, apex

acute; stamens 18-20, filaments 3-5 x c. 0.3

mm, anthers 1—1.2 x 0.7-0.8 mm; disk very

reduced, c. 2.5 mm diameter; pistil 5 or 6

ribbed, c. 2.3 mm long; ovary 5(-7)-locular,

c. 3x2 mm, green. Fruit an hespiridium

(modified berry), obovoid, 44-65 mm long,

22-25 mm diameter at widest point, 6-8 mm

wide just above base, surface rough, irregular,

yellow-green when mature; flesh dull, pale

yellow, edible although rather tart, juice

vesicles elongate-fusiform; 12-87 (average

46.3, sample size 60) seeds per hesperidium.

Seeds somewhat turbinate, monoembryonic,

entirely zygotic, 8-10 x 4-5 mm, with a

distinct chalazeal spot, fawn. Fig. 1.

Additional specimen examined: Papua New Guinea.

Milne Bay Province: Goodenough Island, Oct 1953,

Brass 24925 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Citrus wakonai

occurs as an understorey treelet in rainforest

(complex mesophyll vineforest) at altitudes

between 900 and 1500 m. The geology of

Goodenough Island is complex due to ongoing

and relatively recent, uplift and shearing;

however, it is probable that the locality visited

has substrates overlying leucogneiss (altered

metamorphic rocks) (Davies & Warren 1992;

Forster & Smith, Citrus wakonai

135

Fig. 1. Citrus wakonai. A. habit of flowering branchlet x 1. B. node showing stipule and base of leaf lamina with

obdeltoid margin on the petiole x 5. C. undersurface of leaf lamina showing 1-3° venation x 1.5. D. face view of flower

x 5. E. side view of flower x 5. F. side view of flower with petals removed to show disposition of stamens and sepals

x 6. G. cross-section of fruit showing five compartments and embedded seeds x 1 . H. branchlet with fruit in natural

disposition x 1. All from Smith 09Q005 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

136

Hill 1994). The vegetation community where

this species occurs was described by Brass

(1956) as a “transition mid-mountain forest

and rain forest. A scattering of two species

of oak and one of Castanopsis occurred with

species of Terminalia, Sloanea, Gordonia ,

Podocarpus near neriifolius, and other

trees...in a mixed forest in which the larger

trees were fully 35 metres tall and of good,

big diameter”. Annual rainfall at nearby Bolu

Bolu is approximately 1800 mm with almost

40% occurring during the summer months;

however, Bolu Bolu is at sea level and it is

likely that rainfall in the adjacent mountainous

areas is considerably higher.

Notes : Citrus wakonai appears to be most

closely related to those species that were

once placed in Microcitrus. The new species

has some superficial similarities both to

C. australasica and C. garrawayi, the two

species with which it has been previously

confused, although it is markedly disjunct

from both. Citrus wakonai and C. australasica

are immediately distinguished by the former

with leaf lamina lanceolate-trullate with

many teeth (>15 per side) and obovoid fruit

and the latter with leaf lamina obovate, ovate

or obdeltoid with few marginal teeth (<10

per side) and the fruit oblong-cylindrical to

somewhat fusiform.

The juvenile foliage of Citrus garrawayi is

markedly dimorphic and much smaller in size

than when the plants mature. In comparison,

the juvenile foliage of C. wakonai is not

markedly dimorphic, mainly differing only

in size (being smaller). Mature foliage of

C. garrawayi is elliptic to ovate or more

rarely obovate, with few marginal teeth (<10

per side) (versus lanceolate-trullate and with

17-22 teeth per side) and the flower petals

are cucullate (versus not). Mature fruit of

C. garrawayi are always ovoid to oblong-

cylindrical and at maturity green in colour

with pink flesh, whereas those of C. wakonai

are obovoid and at maturity are dull yellow-

green with yellow flesh.

Citrus wakonai is distinct from both

C. australasica and C. garrawayi in the fruit

juice-vesicles being elongate-fusiform rather

than subglobose.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 133-138 (2010)

Citrus wakonai differs from the other

two species formerly referred to the genus

Microcitrus that are endemic to PNG in its

habit (small tree to 6 m versus shrub to 2.5

m in C. wintersii Mabb. and larger tree to

12 m in C. warburgiana F.M.Bailey), the

well developed stipules that are marginally

ciliate (much reduced in C. wintersii and ±

obsolete in C. warburgiana ), the lanceolate-

trullate leaf lamina with an acuminate tip

(linear to narrow-elliptic with an obtuse tip

in C. wintersii and lanceolate with an acute

to obtuse tip in C. warburgiana) and the

obovoid fruit shape (fusiform-cylindrical in

C. wintersii [Winters 1976] and globose in

C. warburgiana).

In general foliar appearance, Citrus

wakonai is superficially similar to

C. warburgiana , particularly with regards to

the extremes of leaf lamina shape. Further

differences between the two species are the

former with less pronounced leaf margin

crenulations (versus more pronounced), the

petiole margin sometimes (both usually have

petioles that are marginate with the margins

forming a channel) well developed and

obdeltoid towards the lamina base (versus

linear) and the pale yellow juice-vesicles at

fruit maturity (versus lime green).

Populations of the two species are only

approximately 70 km distant from one

another, albeit with sea inbetween. The

D’Entrecasteaux Islands (part of the Milne

Bay Archipelago), of which Goodenough

and Fergusson are the largest, are thought to

be of recent origin, only emerging from the

sea in the last 2 million years (Hill 1994).

Hence, it is most likely that C. wakonai and

C. warburgiana have diverged from Citrus

progenitors present on mainland PNG in the

recent past when sea levels were lower (Hall

2002). The flora of the Milne Bay Archipelago

is little explored and described, but like much

of PNG is rich in endemics with at least 239

known (Johns etal. 2009) of which Aero nychia

normanbiensis T.G.Hartley (known only

from Normanby Island) (Hartley 1974) and

Melicope sudestica T.G.Hartley (known only

from Sudest Island) (Hartley 2001) are from

the Rutaceae.

Forster & Smith, Citrus wakonai

137

Citrus wakonai can be hybridised with

C. australis (A.Cunn. ex Mudie) Planch.,

C. australasica, C. garrawayi, C. glauca

(Lindl.) Burk., C. inodora F.M.Bailey,

C. reticulata Blanco, C. sinensis Osbeck,

C. warburghiana and C. wintersii, and the

resulting plants are fertile. It hybridises less

readily with Poncirus trifoliata (L.) Raf. (often

now included in Citrus on molecular evidence

[Mabberley 2004; Bayer et al. 2009]) with the

resultant progeny weak and dying shortly

after germination. Citrus warburgiana

grouped with the Australian C. inodora in the

molecular tree of Bayer et al. (2009); hence, it

is likely that C. wakonai may also belong to

this part of the Citrus clade.

Citrus wakonai has the shortest juvenile

period known of any Citrus species and

can flower in as little as 144 days after

germination. This is even shorter than that

reported for C. wintersii which has been

reported to flower and fruit within one year of

sowing (Winters 1976). In populations of both

species cultivated at Bundaberg, it was found

that C. wakonai consistently commenced

flowering at five months of age, whereas

C. wintersii generally took 14 months.

The short juvenile period of C. wakonai is

transferred to its hybrid progeny, since some

hybrids with mandarin (C. reticulata) have

flowered within 12 months of sowing.

The species is highly sensitive to citrus

tristeza virus (family Closteroviridae, genus

Closterovirus ) and field-grown trees exposed

to aphid transmission develop stem pitting

symptoms and die within a few years of

planting. Similarly when used as a rootstock

for cultivated citrus, trees quickly become

unhealthy and many die (Smith et al. 2008).

Consequently Citrus wakonai appears to have

limited potential as a rootstock for commercial

citrus crops.

Etymology : The species epithet recognises

the local people from the village Wakonai on

Goodenough Island, upon whose traditional

land this plant grows. The name should

be considered as a non-declinable noun in

apposition and is pronounced ‘wokanf.

This plant is known as “Kamakuku” by

the local people; the same word is used by

people on nearby mainland PNG to describe

Citrus warburgiana.

Acknowledgements

We thank the local people of Wakonai Village

for their assistance in relocating this plant in

2000. The assistance of Lionel Smith, Ernest

Evennett, Debra Gultzow, Toni Newman and

Kenneth Rayner is gratefully acknowledged.

Artwork was prepared by Will Smith.

Translation of the diagnosis into Latin was

undertaken by Peter Bo stock. Information

on the Brass Citrus specimens held at the

Harvard University herbaria was kindly

provided by Walter Kittredge and Emily

Wood in 2007. Material of Citrus wakonai is

held at the Bundaberg Research Station under

an agreement with the PNG Government and

is not available for further distribution.

References

Bayer, R.J., Mabberley, D.J., Morton, C., Miller,

C.H., Sharma, I.K., Pfeil, B.E., Rich, S.,

Hitchcock, R. & Sykes, S. (2009). A molecular

phylogeny of the orange subfamily (Rutaceae:

Aurantioideae ) using nine cpDNA sequences.

American Journal of Botany 96: 668-685.

Brass, L.J. (1956). Summary of the Fourth Archbold

Expedition to New Guinea. Results of the

Archbold Expeditions. No. 75. Bulletin of the

American Museum of Natural History 111:

1-152.

Davies, H.L. & Warren, R.G. (1992). Eclogites of the

D’Entrecasteaux Islands. Contributions to

Mineralogy & Petrology 112: 463-474.

Forster, P.I. (1991). Microcitrus garrawayae (Rutaceae)

and its distribution in New Guinea and

Australia. Telopea 4: 357-358.

Hall, R. (2002). Cenozoic geological and plate tectonic

evolution of SE Asia and the SW Pacific:

computer-based reconstructions, model and

animations. Journal of Asian Earth Sciences

20: 353-431.

Hartley, T.G. (1974). A revision of the genus Acronychia

(Rutaceae). Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

55: 469-567.

- (2001). On the taxonomy and biogeography of

Euodia and Melicope (Rutaceae). Allertonia 8:

1-328.

Hill, E.J. (1994). Geometry and kinematics of shear

zones formed during continental extension

in eastern Papua New Guinea. Journal of

Structural Geology 16: 1093-1105.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 133-138 (2010)

138

Johns, R., Gideon, O., Simaga, J., Kuria, T. & Bagoera,

G. (2009). An introduction to the flora of the

Milne Bay Archipelago. Blumea 54: 251-254.

Mabberley, D.J. (1998). Australian Citreae with notes

on other Aurantioideae (Rutaceae). Telopea 7:

333-344.

- (2004). Citrus (Rutaceae): a review of recent

advances in etymology, systematics and medical

applications. Blumea 49: 481-498.

Smith, M.W., Gultzow, D.L., Newman, T.K., Broadbent,

P., Forster, PI. & Miles, A.K. (2008). Native

Australian Citrus species as rootstocks for

tangerine and lemon. In C.Zhou (ed.), 8 th

International Congress of Citrus Nurserymen ,

Paper No. 10 (B6). Chongqing, China.

Stone, B.C. (1985). New and noteworthy paleotropical

species of Rutaceae. Proceedings of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

137: 213-228.

Winters, H.F. (1976). Microcitrus papuana , a new

species from Papua New Guinea (Rutaceae).

Baileya 20: 19-24.

A new subspecies of Eucalyptus sideroxylon A.Cunn.

ex Woolls (Myrtaceae) from Queensland

A.R.Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2010). A new subspecies of Eucalyptus sideroxylon A.Cunn. ex Woolls (Myrtaceae)

from Queensland. Austrobaileya 8(2): 139-141. A new subspecies. Eucalyptus sideroxylon subsp.

improcera A.R.Bean, is described. It is diagnosed against the typical subspecies, and illustrations are

provided. It is confined to a small area of the Barakula State Forest in southern Queensland.

Key Words: Myrtaceae, Eucalyptus , Eucalyptus sideroxylon, Eucalyptus sideroxylon subsp.

improcera , taxonomy, Australia flora, Queensland flora, new subspecies

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066. Email:tony.bean@derm.qld.gov.

au

Introduction

Eucalyptus sideroxylon A.Cunn. ex Woolls

is a widespread species extending from

northern Victoria to southern Queensland,

occurring mostly on the western slopes of

the Great Dividing Range. It is notable for its

very hard, black ironbark on the trunk and

larger branches, and for its often pink or red

flowers.

An atypical and disjunct population of

Eucalyptus sideroxylon in the Barakula State

Forest (S.F.) near Chinchilla has been known

since the 1970s. However, this population was

not sampled by Bramwells & Whiffin (1984)

in their study on morphometric variation in

the species. It is here described at subspecific

rank.

Materials and methods

The paper is based on examination of

herbarium specimens at BRI, as well

as observations made in the field. All

measurements were made from dried

material. Length and width dimensions are

indicated as length x width followed by the

measurement unit.

Taxonomy

Eucalyptus sideroxylon subsp. improcera

A.R.Bean subspecies nova a subspecie

typica differens alabastris longioribus

Accepted for publication 23 July 2010

latioribus, operculo hypanthio duplo breviore,

statura minore et foliis adultis latis 3.5-5-

plo longioribus quam latioribus. Typus:

Queensland. Leichhardt District: Waaje

Scientific Area, Barakula State Forest, NNW

of Chinchilla, 25 March 2010, A.R.Bean

29467 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW,

distribuendi).

Eucalyptus sideroxylon subsp. (Waaje

N.B.Byrnes 3955); Bean et al. (2007).

Tree to 6 metres high. Bark predominantly

rough (persistent bark extending more than

two-thirds plant height). Black ironbark

persistent on trunk and larger branches, very

hard and impregnated with kino. Smaller

branches smooth, grey to white. Juvenile

leaves alternate, ovate, dull, concolorous, 71-

100 x 24-43 mm, apex obtuse or apiculate.

Adult branchlets not pruinose. Adult leaves

concolorous, dull, lanceolate or ovate, 80-

125 x 22-35 mm, 3.5-5 times longer than

wide, greyish green, apex acute to attenuate,

base acutely cuneate; secondary veins >5

mm apart, at 30-60 degrees to midvein;

vein reticulation moderately dense or dense,

sometimes obscure; oil glands appearing as

isolated islands in the vein areoles. Petioles

12-21 mm long. Inflorescence with umbels

borne singly in leaf axils or along leafless

stems. Individual umbels 7(-9)-flowered.

Peduncle erect or pendulous in bud, terete,

9-20 x 1-1.5 mm wide; pedicel 6-12 mm

long; mature buds obovoid, 11-14 x 7.5-8

140

mm, not pruinose. Hypanthium obconical;

operculum conical or patelliform, shorter

than hypanthium, as wide as hypanthium;

operculum scar absent. Stamens indexed;

anthers oblong, rigidly connected to filament,

cells remaining separate. Staminodes present,

with entire outer whorl sterile; flowers

creamy-white. Style reaching underside of

operculum in bud; stigma dilated (pin-head

type). Fruiting peduncle erect or pendulous.

Fruiting pedicel 6-12 mm long. Fruits

cupular to ovoid-truncate, 9-11 x 9.5-11 mm,

staminophore forming an annulus 1.5-2 mm

wide, brown to black, eventually deciduous.

Disc vertically or obliquely descending.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 139-141 (2010)

Valves 5 or 6, tips enclosed below level of rim.

Fertile seeds ovoid or depressed ovoid, 1.2-

1.5 mm long, dark brown to black, smooth,

finely reticulate, not ribbed or ridged; hilum

ventral. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Waaje Scientific Area, Barakula

S.F., NNW of Chinchilla, Mar 2010, Bean 29470 (BRI,

MEL); Waaje, NW corner of Barakula S.F., May 1985,

Brooker 9010 (BRI, CANB); Barakula S.F., Waaje

(near Quandong), Sep 1980, Byrnes 3955 (BRI, CANB,

NSW); Waaje wildflower area, Barakula S.F. 302, Jun

1994, Grimshaw G769 & Turpin (BRI, NSW); Waaje,

NW corner of Barakula State Forest, N of Chinchilla,

Jul 1995, Young s.n. (BRI [AQ582305]).

Fig. 1. Eucalyptus sideroxylon subsp. improcera. A. adult leaf * 1. B. inflorescences with mature flower buds xl.C.

longitudinal section of an open flower x 5. D. infructescence x 1.2. A,C,D from Grimshaw G769 & Turpin (BRI); B

from Brooker 9010 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

141

Bean, Eucalyptus sideroxylon

Distribution and habitat : Eucalyptus

sideroxylon subsp. improcera is known

only from the Waaje area of Barakula State

Forest, about 70 km NNW of Chinchilla.

Here it is confined to a sandy lateritised

plateau supporting heathland and shrubland

with scattered emergent eucalypts. The

associated eucalypts are Eucalyptus

panda S.T.Blake, E. pachycalyx subsp.

waajensis L. A. S. Johnson & K.D.Hill,

Corymbia trachyphloia (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill

& L.A.S.Johnson subsp. trachyphloia

and C. bloxsomei (Maiden) K.D.Hill &

L. A. S. Johnson. The understorey is dominated

by Melaleuca uncinata R.Br., but includes

threatened shrub species such as Calytrix

gurulmundensis Craven and Homoranthus

decumbens (Byrnes) Craven & S.R.Jones.

Phenology : Flowers are recorded from May

to September. Fruits may be found all year

round.

Notes : Eucalyptus sideroxylon subsp.

improcera differs from E. sideroxylon subsp.

sideroxylon as follows: the adult leaves are

rather short and broad, 3.5-5 times longer

than broad (4.5-9 times longer than broad

for E. sideroxylon subsp. sideroxylon ); the

inflorescences are usually 7-flowered but

occasionally 9-flowered (5-7-flowered for

E. sideroxylon subsp. sideroxylon ); the

mature buds are 11—14 mm long and 7.5-8

mm wide in the dried state (7-11 mm long,

4-6.5 mm wide for E. sideroxylon subsp.

sideroxylon ); the operculum is only half

as long as the hypanthium (slightly shorter

or equal to hypanthium in E. sideroxylon

subsp. sideroxylon). The flowers of the new

subspecies are consistently white; most or

all Queensland populations of E. sideroxylon

subsp. sideroxylon include a high proportion

of red- or pink-flowered individuals.

The new subspecies is invariably a small

stunted tree, whereas Eucalyptus sideroxylon

subsp. sideroxylon is a taller tree of good

form. In the taller eucalypt woodlands

found adjacent to the Waaje site, no trees

of E. sideroxylon exist, and the common

ironbark E. fibrosa subsp. nubilis Maiden &

Blakely occurs instead. The nearest stand

of E. sideroxylon subsp. sideroxylon is near

Tara, more than 100 km away to the south.

The fruit size of the new subspecies,

while very large, is equalled by some forms

of the typical subspecies. The fruit size of

Eucalyptus sideroxylon subsp. improcera

overlaps strongly with that of E. tricarpa

(L.A.S.Johnson) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill;

however, E. tricarpa can be distinguished by

the 3-flowered inflorescences, longer pedicels

and narrower adult leaves.

Conservation status : The extant of

occurrence and area of occupancy for

Eucalyptus sideroxylon subsp. improcera is

about 100 hectares. The number of mature

plants is estimated to be fewer than 1000.

There is no evidence of a decline in numbers

for this taxon. Under the guidelines of the

IUCN (IUCN 2001), this taxon is proposed

for Vulnerable status based on the criterion

D2.

Etymology : The subspecific epithet is from

the Latin improcerus meaning short or

undersized. This is given in reference to the

size and height of the trees, compared to

typical Eucalyptus sideroxylon.

Acknowledgements

I thank Will Smith for the illustration, and

Peter Bostock for the Latin diagnosis.

References

Bean, A.R., Jessup, L.W. & Guymer, G.P. (2007).

Myrtaceae. In P.D.Bostock & A.E.Holland

(eds.). Census of the Queensland Flora 2007.

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Bramwells, H.W. & Whiffin, T. (1984). Patterns of

variation in Eucalyptus sideroxylon A.Cunn.

ex Woolls. 1 - Variation in adult morphology.

Australian Journal of Botany 32: 263-81.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.

Version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival

Commission. IUCN: Gland, Switzerland &

Cambridge, U.K.

Croton dichromifolius P.I.Forst. (Euphorbiaceae), a new

species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, PI. (2010). Croton dichromifolius P.I.Forst. (Euphorbiaceae), a new species from Cape

York Peninsula, Queensland. Austrobaileya 8(2): 143-149. A shrubby, perennial species of Croton

L. from Bolt Head on eastern Cape York Peninsula is newly described. Croton dichromifolius

P.I.Forst. is highly distinctive in the strongly discolorous foliage with multicoloured peltate scales.

A second locality is reported for Croton simulans P.I.Forst., another species endemic to Cape York

Peninsula. Putative relationships between C. dichromifolius , C. simulans , C. capitis-york Airy Shaw,

and C. stockeri Airy Shaw are discussed, and an identification key to these Cape York Peninsula

species is provided. Conservation status assessments of Vulnerable are recommended for both C.

dichromifolius and C. simulans.

Key Words: Euphorbiaceae, Croton, Croton capitis-york, Croton dichromifolius, Croton simulans,

Croton stockeri, Australia flora, Queensland flora. Cape York Peninsula, new species, taxonomy,

identification key, conservation status

P I.Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@

derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

A revision of Australian Croton L. was

published eight years ago with 27 native

species recognised (Forster 2003). The

existence of an undescribed taxon from Bolt

Head on Cape York Peninsula was alluded

to in the discussion of C. capitis-york Airy

Shaw The absence of fertile material at the

time prevented description of this plant;

however, recent field collections in November

2008 have remedied this deficit.

This undescribed species is named as

Croton dichromifolius P.I.Forst. in the current

paper. Under the schema of Forster (2003),

this species can be placed in Group 5, along

with C. capitis-york , C. insularis Baill.,

C. mamillatus P.I.Forst., C. phebalioides

Muell.Arg., C. simulans P.I.Forst. and

C. stigmatosus F.Muell. This group of

species comprises all shrubs or small trees

with penninerved foliage that is silver-white

below due to a dense adpressed indumentum

of trichomes and/or scales. Unpublished

molecular data analyses of Australian Croton

indicates that these species (with C. stockeri

Airy Shaw added) may form a monophyletic

lineage within Croton (P. Berry & B. van Ee,

Accepted for publication 23 July 2010

pers. comm. Feb 2010), and an identification

key is provided for the north eastern Cape

York Peninsula species of this group.

Materials and methods

Data presented and discussed in this paper

are based on field collections made in 2008

and deposited in the Queensland Herbarium

(BRI) with distribution of duplicates as

indicated. The morphological description

(especially indumentum types) is modelled on

those of Forster (2003). Venation terminology

largely follows Hickey (1973) and Ash et al.

(1999) with the recognition of a midrib (1°

vein order), lateral veins (2° vein order) and

intercostal veins (3° and onwards vein orders)

within any leaf lamina. When an intercostal

vein comprises a continuous raised line of cells

it is termed ‘distinct’; if it is discontinuous or

fades away into the body of the lamina, it is

termed ‘indistinct’. Indumentum cover is

described using the terminology of Hewson

(1988), except that ‘scattered’ is used instead

of‘isolated’. The shapes of leaves, sepals and

petals are described using the terminology

of Hickey & King (2000). Length and width

dimensions are indicated as length x width

followed by the measurement unit.

144

Taxonomy

Croton dichromifolius P.I.Forst., species

nova C. capitis-york affinis, a qua petiolo

foliorum squamis densis implicitis peltatis (in

illo trichomatibus densis stellatis) induta, folii

lamina basi rotundata usque ad infirmissime

cordata (cuneata vel truncata in C. capitis-

york), nectariis extrafloralibus quae tantum

infra visibilia sunt (in illo utrinque visibilia),

fructibus minoribus depresso-globosis

(non subglobosis) indumentis squamarum

sparsarum peltatarum et trichomatum

sessilium stellatorum (in illo indumentis

trichomatum densorum stellatorum in

protuberationibus mamillatis) differt. Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Bolt Head, Olive

River Environmental Reserve, Cape York

Peninsula, 16 November 2008, P.I.Forster

PIF34570 & K.R.McDonald (holo: BRI [3

sheets + spirit]; iso: CNS, L, MEL, MICH,

NSW, MO, Z).

Perennial shrub to 5 m tall, evergreen,

monoecious; indumentum primarily of sessile

peltate trichomes and peltate scales, pale

silver-yellow to uncoloured (appearing silver

en masse), peltate scales generally silver-

yellow in central column and uncoloured

in the rays, other trichomes uncoloured;

‘ginger’ scent to cut roots and foliage. Bark

nondescript, smooth, cream white. Branchlets

± rounded, with dense peltate scales when

young and on most leafy stems, glabrescent;

stipules subulate, entire, 1.5-2 x 0.7-0.8 mm,

with dense peltate scales. Leaves alternate,

coriaceous, markedly discolorous, petiolate;

petioles 8-32 x 0.7-1 mm, channelled on top,

with dense peltate scales; lamina elliptic-

ovate to obovate, chartaceous, 35-113 x

16-63 mm, penninerved with 8-10 lateral 2°

veins per side of 1° midrib; upper surface matt

to somewhat glossy, mid to dark green, 1° and

2° veins impressed, 3° veins obscure, sparse

peltate scales over entire surface, but more

concentrated on 1° and 2° veins; lower surface

silver-white, 1° and 2° veins prominently raised,

3° veins scarcely raised and indistinct, surface

completely obscured by dense, interlocking

peltate scales, neither scabrid nor velutinous;

margins slightly undulate, not toothed; foliar

glands absent; tip acute to acuminate, base

rounded to very weakly cordate; extrafloral

nectaries 2 at base of leaf lamina, sessile or

Austrobaileya 8(2): 143-149 (2010)

slightly raised, oblong and often bilobed,

0.8-1 x 0.4-0.5 mm, visible only below.

Inflorescence up to 40 mm long, unbranched,

usually bisexual and androgynous, often with

mixed glomerules, pedunculate to 5 mm, axis

with dense, interlocking peltate scales; bracts

linear, c. 1.5 x 0.2 mm, with sparse peltate

trichomes (no scales). Male flowers 1.5-2

mm long, 1.5-2.3 mm diameter, relatively

evenly distributed along inflorescence axis

in glomerules of 2-4, rarely singly, spaced

2- 3.5 mm apart; pedicels 0.8-2.2 x 0.2-0.3

mm, with sparse to dense peltate scales or an

admixture of peltate trichomes and scales;

sepals valvate, lanceolate-ovate, 1-1.4 x

0.6-1 mm, with dense peltate trichomes or

an admixture of peltate trichomes and scales;

petals absent; stamens 11 or 12, with dense

stellate and simple trichomes at base, filaments

filiform, 1.8-2 x c. 0.1 mm, glabrous, anthers

oblong, 0.4-0.5 x 0.2-0.3 mm, glabrous.

Female flowers 2.5-4 x 2.5-4 mm, usually

held singly and spaced up to 9 mm apart on

inflorescence axis; pedicels 0.8-4 x 0.5-1

mm, with dense, interlocking peltate scales or

an admixture of peltate trichomes and scales;

sepals valvate, lanceolate-ovate, 1.2-2.5 x

0.8-1.5 mm, with an admixture of peltate

trichomes and scales; petals absent; styles

3, linear-flabellate to 1.6 mm long, multifid,

once divided for 0.5-0.6 mm, barely connate

at base, with scattered stellate trichomes

or glabrous; ovary 3-locular, 2-3 mm long,

3- 5 mm diameter, with dense, interlocking

peltate and stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate,

depressed-globose, 4-6 mm long, 7.5-8 mm

diameter, with sparse peltate and stellate

trichomes; seeds not seen. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Bolt Head, Temple Bay, Jun 1996, Forster

PIF19406 (A, CNS, K, MEL); Bolt Head, Olive River

Environmental Reserve, Cape York Peninsula, Nov 2008,

Forster PIF34582 & McDonald ( BRI, CNS, MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Croton

dichromifolius has thus far been found only in

the vicinity of Bolt Head, Temple Bay (Map

2). Plants grow in the understorey of coastal

vineforest (araucarian microphyll vineforest/

semi-deciduous microphyll vineforest) on

consolidated, aeolian sand ridges near the

sea. It co-occurs with C. capitis-york at this

locality and no intermediates were observed.

Forster, Croton dichromifolius

145

Fig. 1. Croton dichromifolius. A. branchlet with inflorescence x 0.6. B. abaxial leaf surface x l. c. abaxial leaf lamina

base showing extrafloral nectaries x 6. D. inflorescence with male and female flowers x 2. E. lateral view of male

flower x 16. F. lateral view of female flower x 8. G. face view of fruit x 4. H. lateral view of fruit x 4. All from Forster

PIF34582 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

146

Notes : Croton dichromifolius has markedly

discolorous foliage, although this in itself is

a common character in the genus. The dense,

interlocking peltate scales impart a silver-

white appearance to the lower surface of the

leaf lamina, although on close examination

with magnification the scales appear yellow-

silver in the central column with only the

uncoloured rays appearing silver.

Croton dichromifolius may be diagnosed

against C. capitis-york , although it remains to

be determined with molecular analysis whether

the two species are closely related. Compared

to Croton capitis-york, C. dichromifolius

has leaves with dense interlocking peltate

scales on the petiole (versus dense stellate

trichomes), a leaf lamina base that is rounded

to very weakly cordate (versus cuneate or

truncate), extrafloral nectaries that are visible

only below (versus visible above and below);

smaller fruit that are depressed-globose

(versus subglobose) and with an indumentum

of sparse peltate scales and sessile stellate

trichomes (versus dense stellate trichomes on

mamillate protuberances).

The apparent absence of petals in the male

flowers of the available material of Croton

dichromifolius is unusual as they are present

in all other native Australian taxa (Forster

2003). Some predominantly herbaceous taxa

of North American and Caribbean Croton

(Croton sections Eremocarpus (Benth.)

G.L.Webster and Drepadenium (Raf.) Mull.

Arg.) also lack these petals (Webster 1993),

or they are greatly reduced and appear

absent on floral dissection. More material

of C. dichromifolius is required to ascertain

whether this is a consistent feature of the

species.

Conservation status : Croton dichromifolius

is abundant at Bolt Head, where it occurs in a

vegetation community that is home to several

local, or near local endemics, e.g. Cycas

silvestris K.D.Hill, Syzygium argyropedicum

B.Hyland, Xanthostemon youngii C.T.White

& W.D.Francis and Xylosma sp. (Temple Bay

RI.Forster PIF8980).

There are no obvious threats to the habitat

of Croton dichromifolius ; however, the area of

occurrence is less than 50 km 2 and the area

Austrobaileya 8(2): 143-149 (2010)

of occupancy much smaller. Under the IUCN

(2001) criteria, this species can be assessed as

Vulnerable on the criterion D2.

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from the Greek dis (double), chroma (colour)

and folius (leaf) and alludes to both the

strikingly discolorous foliage and the two

coloured peltate scales prevalent on the

foliage.

Croton simulans P.I.Forst., Austrobaileya 6:

412 (2003).

Additional specimen examined : Queensland. Cook

District: 6.5 km W of Shelburne Bay, 5.5 km W of

Messum Hill, Cape York Peninsula, Jun 2008, Forster

PIF33941 & McDonald (BRI, CNS, MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Croton simulans is

now known from two localities on Cape York

Peninsula that are disjunct by approximately

230 kmn (Map 2). Both populations are in

hoop pine dominated vineforest on granite

substrates, a vegetation community that is

patchily and rather rarely distributed north of

the Mcllwraith Range.

Notes : This additional collection of Croton

simulans differs slightly from those at the

type locality in the degree and composition

of indumentum cover, notably denser stellate

trichomes and fewer peltate scales on the leaf

lamina. The extrafloral nectaries are also

visible above and below due to their position

well below the base of the leaf lamina.

Conservation status : Croton simulans is

present in Kulla (Mcllwraith Range) National

Park and the Olive River Environmental

Reserve. There are no obvious threats to the

habitat of Croton simulans ; however, the area

of occurrence is less than 1500 km 2 and the

area of occupancy much smaller. Under the

IUCN (2001) criteria, this species can be

assessed as Vulnerable on the criterion D2.

The species should be searched for in other

patches of similar habitat, particularly in

the area between the Mcllwraith and Iron

Ranges.

Forster, Croton dichromifolius 147

Croton dichromifolius and C. simulans may be distinguished from the putatively related

C. capitis-york and C. stockeri with the following identification key.

1 Branchlets with peltate scales only.2

1. Branchlets with admixture of peltate scales and stellate trichomes, or

only stellate trichomes.3

2 Leaf petioles with dense stellate trichomes.C. capitis-york

2. Leaf petioles with dense, interlocking peltate scales.C. dichromifolius

3 Indumentum orange-brown; branchlets with stellate trichomes only.C. stockeri

3. Indumentum silver; branchlets with admixture of peltate scales and

stellate trichomes.C. simulans

In the previous identification key to Australian

Croton (Forster 2003), C. dichromifolius will

key to C. capitis-york.

General Discussion

Formal grouping of species within the giant

genus Croton (over 1200 species world wide)

based upon gross morphology is probably

doomed to failure, per my earlier comments

(Forster [2003] on Webster [1993]). An

ongoing molecular project to provide an

overall phylogenetic framework for Croton

(Berry et al. 2005) will hopefully provide

resolution that can be tied to morphological

groups. In this respect the relationship between

C. capitis-york , C. dichromifolius , C. simulans

and C. stockeri is of interest as the grouping

comprises one relatively widespread species

(C. capitis-york in semideciduous vinethickets/

vineforests on sandy or lateritic soils derived

from Cainozoic duricrusts and sand plains) and

three that are highly restricted, of which two

(C. dichromifolius and C. stockeri) are found

only in coastal vinethickets/vineforests on

stabilised sand dunes and one (C. simulans) in

hoop pine dominated microphyll vineforests

at more inland localities, generally on areas

of outcropping granite rock (Maps 1 & 2).

Taxonomic classification of these four taxa is

via differences in indumentum composition

and cover, leaf morphology and some floral

and fruit characters.

The geomorphology of northeastern Cape

York Peninsula is complex, particularly in

areas where there are active dune fields.

At Bolt Head, Temple Bay (where Croton

dichromifolius is found), the vineforest occurs

on stabilised sand dunes that are probably

of Pleistocene origin that overlay Mesozoic

sandstone (Pye 1983), and no active dune

fields are present. At Silver Plains (where

C. stockeri occurs), the topographic relief

is more subdued with no active dune fields,

and the stabilised sand dunes are Pleistocene

in origin (Luly et al. 2006). There is clear

evidence in the form of springs and soakage

areas that the Silver Plains vineforest occurs

on sand that is shallowly overtopping a large

lens of fresh water and considerable drainage

in the area ends up in Three-Quarter Mile

Lake (Luly et al. 2006). One of the known

localities for C. simidans (the one reported

above) at Shelburne Bay has the vineforest

patch being enveloped by an active dune

field, a phenomenon that is thought to be

relatively recent (Holocene) and probably

initiated in the Little Ice Age some 300-500

years ago (Pye 1983; Lees et al. 1990; Lees

2006). The original locality for C. simulans

in the Mcllwraith Range can be considered to

be in a refugial area with the ‘dry’ hoop pine

vineforest on the margins of the ‘wet’ rainforest

along the upland granite watercourses.

Croton capitis-york by contrast is widespread

in a number of disjunct populations in dryer

semi-deciduous microphyll vineforests and

is far more catholic in its ecophysiological

ability to occur on diverse substrates. An

evolutionary hypothesis for these four taxa is

that C. capitis-york is a ‘core’ species in the

older, more widespread and perhaps stable (at

least in an ecophysiological sense) habitats,

C. simulans is a ‘refuge-endemic’ in older,

albeit restricted and disjunct refugia and that

C. dichromifolius and C. stockeri are ‘neo¬

endemics’ in newly available areas of habitat.

148

Austrobaileya 8(2): 143-149 (2010)

Map 1. Distribution of Croton capitis-york on eastern

Cape York Peninsula

Map 2. Distribution of Croton dichromifolius (■),

C. simulans (•) and C. stockeri (A) on eastern Cape

York Peninsula

Acknowlegements

Field work on Cape York Peninsula was

funded in June 2008 by the Cape York

Tenure Unit of Queensland Parks & Wildlife

Service and in November 2008 by the federal

government funded Natural Heritage Trust.

Keith McDonald and various staff from

Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service

provided support in the field. Will Smith

drew the illustrations and Peter Bostock

translated the Latin diagnosis and provided

the distribution maps.

References

Ash, A., Ellis, B., Hickey, L.J., Johnson, K., Wilf, P. &

Wing, S. (1999). Manual of Leaf Architecture.

Smithsonian Institution: Washington.

Berry, P.E., Hipp, A.L., Wurdack, K.J., Van Ee, B. &

Riina, R. (2005). Molecular phylogenetics of

the giant genus Croton and tribe Crotoneae

(Euphorbiaceae sensu stricto ) using ITS and

TRNL-TRNF DNA sequence data. American

Journal of Botany 92: 1520-1534.

Forster, PI. (2003). A taxonomic revision of Croton L.

(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 6:

349-436.

Hewson, H. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of

Terminology. Australian Flora & Fauna Series

No. 9. Australian Government Publishing

Service: Canberra.

Hickey, L. J. (1973). Classification of the architecture of

dicotyledonous leaves. American Journal of

Botany 60: 17-33.

Hickey, M. & King, C. (2000). The Cambridge Illustrated

Glossary of Botanical Terms. Cambridge

University Press: Cambridge.

Iucn (2001). Red List Categories and Criteria: Version

3.1. IUCN Species Survival commission. IUCN:

G1 and/C ambridge.

Lees, B. (2006). Timing and formation of coastal dunes

in northern and eastern Australia. Journal of

Coastal Research 22: 78-89.

Lees, B.G., Lu, Y. & Head, J. (1990). Reconnaissance

thermoluminescence dating of northern

Australian coastal dune systems. Quaternary

Research 34: 169-185.

Forster, Croton dichromifolius

Luly, J.G., Grindrod, J.F. & Penny, D. (2006). Holocene

palaeoenvironments and change at Three-

Quarter Mile Lake, Silver Plains Station, Cape

York Peninsula, Australia. The Holocene 16:

1085-1094.

Pye, K. (1983). The coastal dune formations of northern

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Queensland 94: 33-39.

Book Review

The Flowering of Australia's Rainforests - a

plant and pollination miscellany. G.Williams

& P.Adam (2010). CSIRO Publishing:

Melbourne. Hardback, 200 pp, 34 colour

photographs. ISBN 9780643097612. $99.95

AUD.

For most flowering plants and

gymnosperms, successful pollination is

essential for reproduction. Pollination and

the vectors that perform it are usually the

last aspect considered in any assessment

of autecology for a given plant species or

community, despite their role being essential

in the evolution of species. The body of

published work on pollination in Australian

rainforests has been previously piecemeal and

often hidden in obscure journal papers; hence,

this is a welcome synthesis on the subject,

albeit with a major backbone of research and

theory from the global literature.

This book comprises nine chapters. In

Chapter 1, Flowers and pollination in lore

and legend is examined. This comprises

a short review of historical aspects (many

biblical or from English poetry), closing with

Australian aboriginal examples at the end.

Chapter 2 covers Categorising rainforest

plants. The authors take a very broad approach

by starting with the gymnosperm groups of

the cycads and conifers. It was somewhat

disconcerting to immediately read basic errors

in plant biology and statistics such as “cycads

149

Webster, G.L. (1993). A provisional synopsis of the

sections of the genus Croton (Euphorbiaceae).

Taxon 42: 793-823.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 149-150(2010)

are usually dioecious” (repeated in caption to

p. 31) (all cycads are dioecious) and that the

Australian cycad flora is “approximately 30

species” (there are about 80 species). Most

cycads don’t occur in rainforest in Australia,

yet, the most interesting ones that do such as

Lepidozamia hopei (the world’s tallest cycad)

are not mentioned at all. Cycas circinalis is

stated to occur in “India, Asia and the South

Pacific” (India is part of Asia and this species

does not occur in the South Pacific); either

way, it doesn’t occur in Australia and doesn’t

grow in rainforest. Comments on conifers

are little better with “native conifers are

frequently dioecious”, “in north-east Australia

the Podocarpaceae and Araucariaceae are

confined to rainforest” (there are podocarps in

eucalypt communities) and “both Araucaria

and Agathis are absent from more complex

north-eastern Australian rainforests owing

to their inability to regenerate below the

dense, shade inducing, floristically complex

angiosperm canopies” (which is just plain

incorrect). They state that Euroschinus

falcatus (an angiosperm) is dioecious;

however, Jessup (1985) was of the opinion

that they were polygamous with male, female

or hermaphrodite flowers. While the authors

quite openly state that the book is slanted

at rainforest systems in New South Wales

(nearly all the photos are of species from New

South Wales).

150

Chapter 3 examines Rise of the Angiosperms,

and archaic vascular plants in Australian

rainforests. This concisely provides a potted

history of the modern (molecular) view of

plant families and flower evolution, although

in some cases they stick with tradition (e.g.

Euphorbiaceae in the broad sense). There

are patches of emotive text such as “grim

blanketing of the Antarctic landmass” (p. 35)

and some of the conclusions on relic taxa may

be no more than illusory. This chapter would

have benefited from a geological time scale

for the lay reader.

In Chapter 4: Being a flower, they examine

flower structure, colour and fragrance and

what it means to pollination. There is lyrical

waxing on p. 59 about the dedication of

pollination ecologists!

Chapter 5 covers Introduction to breeding

systems. There is a good conservation biology

slant throughout this chapter with comments

such as “local populations of many species

are now very small, in some cases reduced

to single individuals per stand” and “species

become functionally extinct within individual

remnants”. Essentially loss of genetic diversity

(in part from failure of pollination) leads to

extinction. This probably gets the message

across to conservation managers, but perhaps

should have been emphasised later in the

book.

Chapter 6 provides an overview of Spatial

and temporal structure of rainforest and

how it influences pollination and subsequent

reproduction. Phenology, the length of

flowering life, forest strata and synusia

(stratified layers) are examined in some

detail.

Australian Vegetation History is reviewed

in Chapter 7. As with elsewhere on the earth,

obligate pollination mutualisms are concluded

to be most at risk and sensitive to disturbance.

There is discussion about sparse and mass

flowering and pollination guilds, but the text

of this chapter doesn’t really reflect the title.

In Chapter 8, Pollination of the Australian

flora, it is all about Myrtaceae, and only two

pages of text!

Austrobaileya 8(2) 149-150 (2010)

Chapter 9 on Pollination syndromes: who

brings the ‘flower children’ in rainforest? is

more detailed and looks at specific groups of

pollinators (e.g. birds, bats, flies, bees etc.) as

well as wind. This provides a good opportunity

for some detailed discussion on certain plants

and their pollinators and is perhaps one of the

most comprehensive chapters.

Finally there are short to long appendices

on pollination and conservation of remnant

communities (i.e. in New South Wales) and

case studies (pretty well all from New South

Wales), large insects (most pollinating insects

are small), dioeciousness or not (this time

plainly stating it to be in the subtropics, i.e.

New South Wales), self compatibility (ditto

comment), coppice regenerators (only 10

species listed, all from New South Wales),

pollen groups, and thrips associated with

flowers.

Throughout the text, no references are

cited or numbered; although, there is a long

list at the end. So the reader either delves

through all of these to try and find something

more specific than was in the text (I’m not sure

how you cross reference though), or nowadays

can perhaps just use Google Scholar for the

information. Maybe it is a sign of things to

come, but this ‘modern’ approach to scientific

referencing by CSIRO publishing is annoying

to say the least.

This book is a useful compendium of

information and at times gets on a liquid roll

in terms of the stories that it tells; however,

it could have been greatly improved with

sharper editing and structure throughout. It

is nicely produced in hardcover (unlike other

recent CSIRO products; see other reviews this

journal number), but relatively expensive at

$100 plus (once you have it posted to you).

Reference

Jessup, L.W. (1985). Anacardiaceae. In A.S.George (ed.),

Flora of Australia 25: 170-187. Australian

Government Publishing Service: Canberra.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium.

Crudia abbreviata A.R.Bean (Caesalpiniaceae), a new

species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

A.R.Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2010). Crudia abbreviata A.R.Bean (Caesalpiniaceae), a new species from Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland. Austrobaileya 8(2): 151-154. The new species Crudia abbreviata A.R.Bean

is described and illustrated. It is endemic to Cape York Peninsula, Queensland and considered to be

closely related to C. blancoi Rolfe. A key to the Australian species of Crudia is provided.

KeyWords: Caesalpiniaceae, Crudia, Crudia abbreviata, Crudia blancoi, Australia flora, Queensland

flora, taxonomy, new species, identification key

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. E-mail: tony.bean@

derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Crudia Schreb. is a genus of 50-55 species

distributed in south-east Asia, Cape York

Peninsula in northern Australia, central

Africa, tropical South America, Central

America and the Caribbean (Mackinder

2005). It reaches its greatest diversity in

Malesia where there are 30 species (Hou 1996).

Only one species (C. papuana Kosterm.) has

previously been recorded for Australia (Ross

1998), where it is apparently confined to the

Jardine River in the far northern part of Cape

York Peninsula in Queensland.

The species described here was first

collected in 1974 by Geoff Tracey, but without

flowers or fruits, and it was tentatively

identified as a Pterocarpus species. Only

relatively recently has flowering and fruiting

material of the species become available,

showing it to be a new species of the genus

Crudia.

Materials and methods

This paper is based on herbarium material

present at BRI. Measurements of floral parts

are based on material reconstituted in boiling

water, while all other measurements are

based on dried herbarium material. Length

and width dimensions are indicated as length

x width followed by the measurement unit.

National Park is abbreviated N.P

Accepted for publication 23 July 2010

Taxonomy

Crudia abbreviata A.R.Bean species

nova C. blancoi affinis, sed inflorescentiis

3-5.5 cm longis (13—17(—27) cm longis in

C. blancoi ), pedicellis e basi articulatis (in

ilia ad apicem articulatis) et stipite ovarii c.

1.2 mm longo (c. 0.5 mm longo in C. blancoi )

differens. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

Cultivated at Yuruga Nursery, Walkamin,

ex Stone Crossing, [c. 45 km NE of Weipa,]

23 September 1998, G. Sankowsky 1631 (holo:

BRI; iso: CNS).

Crudia sp. (Archer River BH 3078RFK);

Hyland et al. (2003).

Pterocarpus sp. (Archer River B.PHyland

3078); Holland & Pedley (2007: 80).

Trees to 27 m high. Bark flaky. Stipules

subulate, linear to narrowly-deflate, 2-3 mm

long, deciduous. Leaves (3-)4-7-foliolate,

petiole and rachis together 4-7.5 cm long,

sparsely hairy; rachis tip extending up to

5 mm beyond terminal leaflet, but rarely

seen (caducous). Leaflets alternate, thin,

chartaceous or membranous, ovate, 28-98

x 12-41 mm, all about the same size or the

basal ones smaller; apex acute to acuminate;

base obtuse to broadly cuneate, more or less

symmetric; green and glabrous above, creamy

or rusty below with moderately dense cover

of simple appressed to patent hairs; petiolules

2- 4 mm long. Inflorescence racemose, axes

3- 5.5 cm long, densely puberulous, bearing

152

70-100 flowers. Bracts narrowly-deflate,

0.9-1.3 mm long, with dense, rusty antrorse

hairs; bracteoles 2, opposite to sub-opposite,

ovate to deflate, 0.4-1 mm long, with dense,

rusty antrorse hairs, attached to the proximal

one-third of the pedicel, persistent at least to

anthesis. Pedicels 5.5-7 mm long at anthesis,

articulated at the base, glabrous or with

sparse antrorse to patent hairs. Hypanthium

hemispherical to bowl-shaped, 1.5-2 mm long,

glabrous. Calyx lobes 4, elliptical, cymbiform,

glabrous, 2.5-3.5 x 1.8-2.8 mm, pale green,

recurved after anthesis, apex obtuse. Petals

absent. Stamens (8—)10; filaments 5.5-6.5

mm long, white, glabrous; anthers versatile,

0.8-0.9 mm long, yellow. Ovary stipe c. 1.2

mm long, glabrous except distally; ovary

1.5-2 mm long, densely hairy, ovules 2; style

1.2-2 mm long, curved, glabrous; stigma

small, obscure. Immature pods shortly

stipitate, obliquely oblong, 3.7-4 x 3-3.3 cm,

somewhat woody, transversely wrinkled, flat,

not beaked, densely rusty-hairy. Seeds not

seen. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Stone Crossing, Wenlock River, Oct 1980,

Hyland 10781 (BRI, CNS); Wenlock River, Moreton

Telegraph Office, Jul 1988, Dalliston CC221 (BRI);

Archer Bend N.P., 120 km WNW of Coen, Jun 1994,

Fell DGF4360 & Buck (BRI; NSW, to be distributed);

Archer River, Sep 1974, Hyland 3078 (BRI, CNS);

Archer Bend N P., Horsetrader Lagoon, c. 46 km SW

of Merluna Homestead, Dec 1990, Fell 2269 & Jensen

(BRI); Archer Bend, Archer River, Sep 1974, Tracey s.n.

(BRI); 13 km N of junction of Archer and Coen Rivers,

Archer Bend N.P., Jun 1993, Neldner 4071 (BRI, CNS,

DNA); Piccaninny Creek on Piccaninny Plains (Station)

Wildlife Sanctuary, Oct 2008, Jensen 1680 & Nicholson

(BRI; CANB, CNS, DNA, MEL, to be distributed).

Austrobaileya 8(2): 151-154 (2010)

Distribution and habitat : Endemic

to Queensland. Known only from the

Wenlock River and Archer River and some

tributaries, in the central-northern part of

Cape York Peninsula between latitudes

12°2CTS and 13°30'S (Map 1). It inhabits

well-developed semi-deciduous notophyll

rainforest along riverbanks and flood-

channels. Other tree species found in association

include Buchanania arborescens, Mallotus

philippensis, Lagerstroemia archeriana,

Syzygium bamagense, Elaeocarpus arnhemicus,

Terminalia sericocarpa, Ficus drupacea,

Diospyros calycantha, Canarium australianum

and Bombax ceiba. Altitude ranges from 10-90

metres.

Phenology : Poorly known. In habitat flower

buds have been collected in June, and

immature fruits in October. Trees flowered

in September in cultivation at Tolga, which is

considerably south of the known distribution.

Affinities : Crudia abbreviata is perhaps

most closely related to the Malesian species

C. blancoi Rolfe, based on descriptions given

by Hou (1996). Crudia abbreviata differs

from C. blancoi by the inflorescences 3-5.5

cm long (13—17(—27) cm long for C. blancoi ),

pedicels articulated at the base (articulated at

the apex in C. blancoi ) and the ovary stipe c.

1.2 mm long ( c. 0.5 mm long for C. blancoi).

Notes : Verdcourt (1979) presented a

description for a “Crudia sp. near blancoi

Rolfe”, which he indicated occurred in the

Western Province of Papua in “riverine

savannah” at 30 m altitude. He did not cite

any specimens, but from the description

given, this taxon could be conspecific with

C. abbreviata.

Key to the Australian species of Crudia

Leaflets 2, coriaceous, glabrous on lower surface; pedicels 0.5-3 mm long;

inflorescence axes glabrous or sparsely hairy.C. papuana

Leaflets 3-7, chartaceous or membranous, a moderately dense tomentum

present on lower surface; pedicels 5.5-7 mm long; inflorescence axes

densely puberulous.C. abbreviata

Bean, Crudia abbreviatei

153

Fig. 1. Crudia abbreviata. A. leaf * 1. B. Inflorescence x 2. C. portion of rachis and flowers buds, showing bracteoles

and bracts x 3. D. intact flower and pedicel x 6. E. flower with one sepal removed x 6. F. immature fruit and rachis x 1.

A,F from Jensen 1680 & Nicholson (BRI); B-E from Sankowsky 1631 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

154

D.Fell {in lift) stated that this species also

occurs along Cox Creek, a tributary of the

Wenlock River, in association with Syzygium

bamagense, Calophyllum sil, Buchanania

arborescens, Melaleuca leucadendra ,

Beilschmiedia obtusifolia , Vitex glabrata,

Syzygium forte subsp. forte and Mallotus

polyadenos. I am unaware of any herbarium

specimens of this species from Cox Creek.

Conservation status : Crudia abbreviata

is known from at least five populations,

and some of these have subpopulations

that may behave as components of genetic

metapopulations. At the known sites, the

species is locally common, but the number

of mature individuals is unknown. The area

of occurrence of known populations is c.

7000 km 2 . There are considerable areas of

riverine gallery forest that have never been

botanically explored in the area of occurrence

and the species is likely to be much more

widespread than currently known. However,

the area of occupancy is unlikely to exceed

40 km 2 The species has been recorded from

the Conservation Reserve Estate in Mungkan

Kandju National Park (formerly Archer

Bend N.P.) and on the Australian Wildlife

Conservancy property ‘Piccaninny Plains’.

The suggested conservation status is Near

Threatened based on the criterion D of IUCN

( 2001 ).

Etymology : From the Latin abbreviatus ,

meaning shortened. This is a reference to the

length of the inflorescences, which are shorter

in this species than in almost all other species

of the genus.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Paul Forster for information on

the conservation status of Crudia abbreviata.

Will Smith supplied the illustrations and the

map, while Peter Bostock provided the Latin

diagnosis. David Fell sent extra information

on this species from his field notes.

References

Holland, A.E. & Pedley, L. (2007). Fabaceae. In

A.E.Holland & P.D.Bosotck (eds.), Census

of the Queensland Flora 2007 , pp. 22-85.

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 151-154 (2010)

Hou, D. (1996). Crudia. In D.Hou et al. (eds),

Caesalpiniaceae (Leguminosae

Caesalpinioideae). Flora Malesiana ser. 1,

12(2): 691-708. Rijksherbarium: Leiden.

Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T., Christophel, D.C., Gray,

B. & Elick, R.W. (2003). Australian Tropical

Rain Forest Plants, Trees Shrubs and Vines.

(CD-ROM). CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood.

Iucn (2001). Red List Categories and Criteria: Version

3.1. IUCN Species Survival commission. IUCN:

Gland/Cambridge.

Mackinder, B. (2005). Caesalpinioideae Tribe

Detarieae. In G.Lewis et al. (eds.). Legumes of

the World , pp. 69-109. Royal Botanic Gardens,

Kew; Richmond.

Ross, J.H. (1998). Crudia. In P.McCarthy (ed.). Flora of

Australia 12: 173-175. ABRS/CSIRO Australia:

Melbourne.

Verdcourt, B. (1979). A Manual of New Guinea

Legumes. Botany Bulletin No. 11. Division of

Botany: Lae.

Map 1. Distribution of Crudia abbreviata.

The genus Amaracarpus Blume (Rubiaceae)

in mainland Australia

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, P I. (2010). The genus Amaracarpus Blume (Rubiaceae) in mainland Australia. Austrobaileya

8(2): 155-158. The genus Amaracarpus Blume is represented in mainland Australia by a single,

non-endemic species in the Wet Tropics bioregion of north-east Queensland. The new combination

Amaracarpus nematopodus (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst. is made based on Psychotria nematopoda F.Muell.

and represents an earlier name for the species previously known as A. heteropus Yaleton. Illustrations

based on Australian material are provided, together with notes on variation, distribution, habitat and

conservation status.

Key Words: Rubiaceae, Amaracarpus , Amaracarpus heteropus , Amaracarpus nematopodus ,

Psychotria nematopoda , Australia flora. New Guinea flora, Queensland flora, taxonomy,

nomenclature, new combination

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@derm.qld.

gov.au

Introduction

Amaracarpus Blume was revised by Davis

& Bridson (2004) who recognised 22

species distributed widely in south-east

Asia, Malesia (Java, Moluccas, New Guinea,

Philippines), Christmas Island, Seychelles

and Melanesia (Solomon Islands). The

majority of species (20) are native to the

island of New Guinea where they occur in a

wide range of rainforest habitats on diverse

substrates. Amaracarpus is closely allied to

genera such as Calycosia A.Gray, Dolianthus

C.H.Wright, Hydnophytum Jack, Psychotria

L. and Straussia A.Gray (Andersson 2002;

Davis & Bridson 2004); but may be defined

by a combination of vegetative and floral

characters outlined in detail by the latter

authors.

Davis & Bridson (2004: 53) recorded

Amaracarpus heteropus Valeton as occurring

widely in New Guinea, but also in north

Queensland based on a single collection

(Schodde 3306). Recognition of Amaracarpus

as a genus that occurs in mainland Australia

has otherwise been ignored until the current

paper where the application of the name

A. heteropus is resolved in relation to the cited

collection and others that are conspecific with

Accepted for publication 28 July 2010

it. A second species (A. pubescens Blume

subsp. pubescens) occurs in Australia on

Christmas Island (Du Puy 1993; Davis &

Bridson 2004) but is not considered further

here.

The collection Schodde 3306 (BRI

duplicate) had been previously determined

by Sally Reynolds on the 17 th May 1991 as

Psychotria nematopoda F.Muell. based upon

her examination of the type of that species

name held at the National Herbarium of

Victoria (MEL). Consequently collections of

this species held at the Queensland Herbarium

have been identified under that name, prior

to a revision of the Australian species of

Psychotria sens. lat. being completed. The

type of P. nematopoda belongs to the genus

Amaracarpus and is conspecific with the

taxon delimited as A. heteropus by Davis &

Bridson (2004). As Psychotria nematopoda is

an earlier name, hence prior specific epithet, a

new combination is provided in Amaracarpus.

An adequate morphological description

for this species can be sourced in Davis &

Bridson (2004).

Materials and methods

The materials discussed and illustrated in this

paper are held at the herbaria BRI, CANB,

CNS and MEL and includes material collected

156

in habitat by the author. Abbreviations in the

specimen citations are: N.P. (National Park);

L.A.(Logging Area); S.F./S.F.R. (State Forest/

State Forest Reserve); T.R. (Timber Reserve).

Taxonomy

Amaracarpus nematopodus (F.Muell.)

PL For st. comb, nov.; Psychotria nematopoda

F.Muell., Fragm. 7: 49 (Oct 1869); Uragoga

nematopoda (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen.

PI. 2: 961 (1891). Type: Queensland. North

Kennedy District: Mackay River [now Tully

River], 15 October 1867, J.Dallachy s.n. (holo:

MEL1583760).

Amaracarpus heteropus Valeton, Nova

Guinea 8(4): 769 (1912), syn. nov. Type:

Indonesia. West Papua: Tami-river, 8 July

1910, K.Gjellerup 264 (lectotype: L; isolecto:

BO, L \fide Davis & Bridson 2004: 50).

Amaracarpus longifolius Valeton, Nova

Guinea 8(4): 770 (1912), syn. nov., nom. illeg.

non Elmer. Type: Indonesia. West Papua:

Augusta River, 5 October 1910, K.Gjellerup

327 (lecto: BO; isolecto: BO, L; fide Davis &

Bridson 2004: 50).

Amaracarpus lanceolatus Valeton, Bot.

Jahrb. Syst. 61: 115 (1927), syn. nov.

Type: Indonesia. West Papua: “reg. Hum.

Mamberamo, Prauwenbivak”, 6 September

1920, H.J.Lam 1084 (lecto: L; isolecto: L, U

[photo! ];fide Davis & Bridson 2004: 50).

Amaracarpus corymbosus Valeton, Bot.

Jahrb. Syst. 61: 115 (1927), syn. nov. Type:

Indonesia. West Papua: “Nova Guinea

neerlandica meridonalis”, 20 June 1914,

W.K.H.Feuilletau de Bruyn 47 (lecto: BO;

isolecto: K, L; fide Davis & Bridson 2004:

50).

Amaracarpus urophyllus Merr. & L.M.Perry,

J. Arnold Arbor. 17: 221 (1946), syn. nov.

Type: Papua New Guinea. Central Province:

Mt Tafa, September 1933, L.J.Brass 4998

(holo: A n.v., iso: BRI; NY [photo!]).

Illustrations: Cooper & Cooper (2004: 450,

as Psychotria nematopoda ); Davis & Bridson

(2004: 51, 52).

Additional selected specimens examined (*cited by

Davis & Bridson [2004]): Indonesia. West Papua.

Rouffaer River, Aug 1926, *Docters van Leeuwen 9718

Austrobaileya 8(2): 155-158 (2010)

(BRI); Cycloop Mountains, southern slope of Makanoi

Range, camp site above Kotanica, Jul 1961, *van Royen

6204 & Sleumer (BRI). Papua New Guinea. Milne

Bay Province: track between Ailuluai & Agamoia, S.

Fergusson Island, Nov 1976, *Croft et al. LAE68624

(BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Home Rule, base

of Mt Hedley, 3 km E of Rossville, Apr 1999, Forster

PIF24254 & Booth (A, BRI, CNS, MEL); Home Rule

Lodge, Wallaby Creek, Jun 1996, Jago 4018 (BRI); T.R.

165, near Home Rule, Wallaby Creek, Jun 2005, Forster

P1F30985 & Jensen (BRI, CNS, MEL); Parrot Creek,

1973, Dick sub Webb & Tracey 13539 (CNS); 9.6 km S

of Rossville, near highest point of the Gap on Wujal

Wujal Road, Dec 1989, Jessup GJD3088 et al (BRI);

Gap Creek, c. 22 miles [37 km] S by E of Cooktown,

May 1969, Smith s.n. (BRI [AQ339996]); 0.5 miles [0.8

km] W of Cedar Bay, Bloomfield River area. May 1969,

Webb & Tracey 8959 (BRI); near summit of Mt Misery,

Dec 1989, Jessup GJD3145 et al. (BRI); Oliver Creek,

a tributary of Noah Creek, Cape Tribulation, May 1972,

Webb & Tracey 11572 (CANB, CNS); Mossman, Aug

1948, Smith 3938 (BRI); S.F.R. 141, headwaters of Little

Mossman River, off Mt Perserverence road, Feb 2003,

Ford AF3820 (BRI, CNS); Churchill Creek, Churchill

L.A., S.F. 143, Jul 1995, Forster PIF17202 & Figg (BRI);

Danbulla S.F.R., c. 15 miles [25 km] E of Tinaroo,

Aug 1963, *Schodde 3306 (BRI, CANB); 12 km NE of

Yungaburra, Scientific Area 30, E end of Severin L.A.,

S.F. 185, Oct 1988, Jessup GJM5220 (BRI); Gadgarra

S.F., vicinity of Gadgarra Red Cedar, Nov 1994, Hunter

JH1314 (BRI); ridgeline with view to West Mulgrave

Falls, Jan 1995, Hunter JH275 (BRI); West Mulgrave

River, Apr 1995, Hunter JH3265 (BRI); Malanda, Jan

1918, White s.n. (BRI [AQ125333]); Elinjia L.A., 7.4 km

NE of Millaa Millaa, Oct 1988, Jessup GJM5227 (BRI);

Henrietta Creek, Tchupalla Falls, Palmerston N.P, Jun

1997, Forster PIF21250 (BRI, CNS); Russell River, lower

mid-reaches, Jan 1995, Hunter JH2129 (BRI); Miriwinni

near Mt Bartle Frere, 1962, Webb & Tracey 6677A (BRI).

North Kennedy District: Nitchaga Road, S.F.605, S of

Koombooloomba, Jan 2004, McDonald KRM1709 et al.

(BRI); S.F.R. 344, Kirrama Road, 2 km NNW of Mt

Collins, Jun 2002, FordAF3477 (BRI, CNS).

Distribution and habitat : The Australian

populations of Amaracarpus nematopodus

are wholly within the Wet Tropics bioregion of

north-east Queensland with a northern limit at

Home Rule and a southern limit at the Kirrama

Range. Plants occur in the understorey of

wetter rainforests (complex notophyll to

mesophyll vineforests) on diverse substrates

(often alluvial/colluvial in origin), e.g. basalt,

chert, granite, metamorphics, mudstone, at

altitudes between 10 and 1100 m.

Notes : The definition of Amaracarpus

heteropus by Davis & Bridson (2004) covers

some diverse material from a wide range of

localities and habitats in New Guinea, albeit

all from coastal localities (altitudes 10-780

m), often in swamps or along watercourses.

Forster, Amaracarpus in Australia

157

Fig. 1. Amaracarpus nematopodus. A. branchlet * 0.5. B. abaxial leaf surface showing 1-3° venation x 1. C. node

with stipule x 3. D. inflorescence with flower x 6. E. face view of flower showing style head and 4 stamens x 8. F.

side view of flower with corolla lobes cutaway showing style with stigmas and two stamens x 8. G. inflorescence with

fruit showing persistent subtending bracts x 6. H. apical view of fruit x 8. I. vertical cross-section of fruit showing

carpology x 6. All from Forster PIF25254 & Booth (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

158

Austrobaileya 8(2): 155-158 (2010)

Their defining features for this species are

the stipules with 2 setae, the leaf lamina

greater than 2 cm (usually more than 4.5 cm)

long and with 8-10 pairs of secondary lateral

veins; and the inflorescences pedunculate,

(l-)3-7(-8)-flowered. This species is most

similar to A. attenuatus Merr. & L.M.Perry;

however, that species has deeply bifid stipules

and leaf lamina with 10-14 pairs of secondary

lateral veins. They included the two species in

different species subgroups (that they openly

admit are probably artificial) based solely on

the stipule difference.

Amaracarpus nematopodus is likely

to be confused with Australian species of

Psychotria ; however, it can be distinguished

by the leaves arranged in the same plane as

the branches, the monopodial shoot growth

pattern, stipules with two setae (Davis &

Bridson 2004) and the red fruit (versus cream,

yellow or white) as first described by Bailey

(1900: 771).

Conservation status: Amaracarpus

nematopodus is widespread throughout

the Wet Tropics of Queensland and usually

common where it occurs. The majority of

extant populations are in the conservation

reserve estate (State Forests, Forest Reserves,

National Parks) and the species should be

considered as Least Concern in terms of

Queensland legislation.

References

Andersson, L. (2002). Relationships and generic

circumscription in the Psychotria complex

(Rubiaceae: Psychotrieae). Systematics &

Geography of Plants 72: 167-202.

Bailey, F.M. (1900). Rubiaceae. In Queensland Flora 3:

771. H.J.Diddams & Co.: Brisbane.

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the

Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis

Editions: Melbourne.

Davis, A.R & Bridson, D.M. (2004). A taxonomic

revision of the genus Amaracarpus (Rubiaceae,

Psychotrieae). Blumea 49:25-68.

Du Puy, D.J. (1993). Rubiaceae [Christmas Island], In

H.J.Hewson & H.S.Thompson (eds.). Flora of

Australia 50: 392-405. Australian Government

Publishing Service: Canberra.

Notes on Zornia J.F.Geml. 1: a new species from

north Queensland, and a new synonym

Ailsa E. Holland

Summary

Holland, A.E. (2010). Notes on Zornia J.F.Geml. 1: a new species from north Queensland, and a

new synonym. Austrobaileya 8(2): 159-163. A new species, Zornia macdonaldii A.E.Holland is

described and illustrated, with notes on its distribution, habitat and conservation status. A table

of differences between Z. macdonaldii and closely related species is provided. Zornia pedunculata

S.T.Reynolds & A.E.Holland is newly synonymised under Z. dyctiocarpa DC.

Key Words: Fabaceae, Zornia, Zornia dyctiocarpa, Zornia macdonaldii, Zornia pedunculata,

Australia flora, Queensland flora, taxonomy, new species

A.E.Holland, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: ailsa.

holland@der m. qld. gov. au

Introduction

The genus Zornia J.F.Geml. is a pantropical

genus with more than 75 species worldwide

(Mohlenbrock 1961), including seventeen

species from Australia (Reynolds & Holland

1989). Thirteen of these species are known to

occur in Queensland (Holland & Pedley 2007),

including seven endemics. Most species occur

in seasonally dry areas of northern Australia.

Considerable additional material has been

collected since 1989, including specimens of

the species described herein.

Materials and methods

This study is based on the examination of

herbarium material from the Queensland

Herbarium (BRI) and observations of plants

in the field. Measurements are based on dried

herbarium material, including all specimens

cited. Length by width dimensions are

indicated as length x width followed by the

measurement unit.

Taxonomy

Zornia macdonaldii A.E.Holland, species

nova affinis Z. floribundae , Z. chaetophorae

et Z. stirlingii, a prima bracteis magis

glandularibus et in articulis setis longioribus,

a secunda articulis minoribus setis minoribus

praeditis et ab extrema bracteis multo

Accepted for publication 7 September 2010

minoribus et magis separatis differt. Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Newcastle Range,

0.7 km by road W of Routh Creek bridge, 1

May 2006, K.R.McDonald KRM5258 (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB; NSW).

Erect slender annual to 60 cm high. Stems

often branched from near base, glabrous,

sparsely gland-dotted. Leaflets, bracts and

stipules often deciduous. Petioles (5-)10-24

mm long, shorter than the leaflets. Leaflets 2,

linear, often conduplicate when dry, (11—)15—

38 x 0.5-2 mm, glabrous or with a few strigose

hairs along the midrib, minutely gland dotted;

apex and base acute. Stipules lanceolate,

5-13 x 1-1.6 mm, glabrous, minutely gland

dotted, 5-nerved, reticulate venation obscure;

apex acuminate; base produced into a narrow

acute spur 1.5-3.8 mm long. Inflorescences

7-25 cm long with 2-17 flowers, the upper

few crowded, the lower ones separated by up

to 20 mm. Peduncles 2-9 cm long, glabrous,

minutely gland dotted. Bracts obovate, (5-)

7-11 x (1.5-) 2-3.5 mm; face glabrous or

with a few scattered short hairs, gland-dotted,

5-nerved, reticulate veined; margin ciliate

with hairs to 0.7 mm long; apex acute; base

produced into an acute, obtuse or bi-lobed spur

1.2 -2.2 mm long. Calyx 3-4 mm long, ciliate.

Petals yellow; standard ±orbicular, 7-10 mm

diam.; wings obovate, curved upwards, 5-7 x

c. 4 mm, with a 2 mm claw; keel sharply bent

upwards, 5-8 mm long. Fruits 2-5-articulate,

160

exserted; articles 2-2.8 x 1.8-2.1 mm; face

puberulent on the outer edge, prominently

reticulate with reddish-brown veins, scattered

raised glands present; bristles present, 0.8-1.6

mm long, puberulent with short retrorse hairs.

Seed c. 1.5 x l mm. Fig. 1.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Newcastle Range, 70 km by road from

Mt Surprise, Apr 2006, McDonald KRM5119 (BRI,

NSW); 16.2 km W of Herberton, near junction of Petford

- Herberton - Irvinebank Roads, Feb 2006, McDonald

KRM4883 (BRI, NSW); W of Herberton, Apr 2004,

Wannan 3442 & Dorricott (BRI, NSW); Stannary Hills,

13 km S of Mutchilba, Portion 603, May 2006, Forster

PIF31625 & McDonald (BRI); 1.5 km along Sundown

Road to Almaden/ Mt Surprise off Kennedy Highway,

May 2006, Forster PIF31485 & McDonald ( BRI); 1.1 km

from Collins Weir, SW of Mareeba, Apr 2004, McDonald

KRM1951 & Covacevich (BRI); Bullennga N.P, 80 km

NW of Mt Surprise, Apr 1998, Forster PIF22647 & Booth

(BRI); 15 km E of Georgetown on Gulf Developmental

Road, Apr 1990, Batianoff900400H& Smith (BRI); 6.5

km S of Herberton, Jan 2004, Addicott EA1174 (BRI);

20 km NW of Mt Garnet, on road to Lappa, Jan 1993,

Bean 5485 & Forster (BRI); Dimbulah-Wolfram Road,

6.8 km from Bullaburrah Creek Road, Mar 2002, Ford

AF3305 (BRI, NSW); 26.4 km towards Forsayth from

Einasleigh, Newcastle Range, Mar 2005, McDonald

KRM3799 (BRI); 24.8 km along Almaden Road from

junction with Gulf Developmental Road, Fifteen Mile

Range, May 2004, McDonald KRM2589 (BRI); O’Briens

Creek Road crossing, O’Briens Creek fossicking area,

N of Mount Surprise, May 2004, McDonald KRM2530

(BRI); Irvinebank turnoff on the Herberton to Petford

Road, Apr 2001, Jago 5836 & Wannan (BRI). North

Kennedy District: c. 37 km SW of Mount Garnet, on

road to Mount Surprise, Apr 1973, Henderson H1706

(BRI); State Forest 754, near Ravenshoe, Apr 1999,

McDonald 34 (BRI); 2.1 km along Hollands Road, W of

Tomoulin, May 2000, Bean 16586 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Zornia

macdonaldii is restricted to an area in north

Queensland between Mareeba and Forsayth

(Map 1). It is found on hills in mixed open

eucalypt woodland dominated by Eucalyptus ,

Corymbia, Allocasuarina or Erythrophleum

species with sparse understorey, on rocky,

gravelly or sandy soil over granite or

rhyolite.

Phenology : This species flowers and fruits

between January and May depending on

rainfall.

Notes: Zornia macdonaldii is part of a

species group including Z. floribunda

S.Reyn. & Holland, Z. stirlingii Domin, and

Z. chaetophora F.Muell. This group differs

Austrobaileya 8(2): 159-163 (2010)

from all other Australian Zornia species by

the erect habit and linear leaflets. Within

this group, Z.macdonaldii differs from

Z.floribunda by the smaller, glandular and

more separated bracts, and the much longer

bristles on the articles; from Z. stirlingii by the

much smaller and more separated bracts; and

from Z. chaetophora by the smaller articles

and shorter article bristles. Other differences

are summarised in the table below (Table 1).

Conservation status: Zornia macdonaldii

is common in the area and not currently

threatened.

Etymology: This species is named after Keith

McDonald who has made extensive collections

and photographs of the north Queensland

legume flora.

Zornia dyctiocarpa DC. var. dyctiocarpa

Zornia pedunculata S.T.Reynolds &

A.E.Holland, Austrobaileya 3: 28 (1989),

syn. nov. Type: Queensland. Port Curtis

District: 60 km SW of Gladstone, Kroombit

Tableland, tributary of Kroombit Creek,

3.2 km SSW of Amy’s Peak, 4 June 1977,

M.D.Crisp 2766 (holo: BRI).

Discussion

Zornia pedunculata was originally described

on the basis of a single specimen from

the Kroombit Tableland SW of Gladstone

(Reynolds & Holland 1989: 28). The

inflorescences on this specimen were

consistently 1-flowered. Recent additional

material collected from the area {Hines HH3,

HH4\ Mathieson MTM0631, MTM0627 )

all have inflorescences with 1-5 flowers.

The origin of the type material with only

1-flowered inflorescences is possibly due to

grazing of tender young shoots, or infrequent

mowing, creating the artificially shortened

inflorescences. The other characters

mentioned by Reynolds & Holland (1989),

namely the peduncle length, the ovate

leaflets, the glabrous fruits with short or

absent bristles, are all well within the range

of Z. dyctiocarpa. For example, a specimen

from near Nanango {R.H.Watson s.n. (BRI)),

cited under Z. dyctiocarpa var. dyctiocarpa

in that study, is similar to the type material

in all characters except the number of

Holland, Zornia

161

Fig. 1. Zornia macdonaldii. A. habit and inflorescence * 0.8. B. leaf with attachment to stem x 2. C. bract x 12. D.

standard petal (inside) x 8. E. wing petal (inside) x 8. F. keel petal x 8. G. anther column and style x 8. H. article of

fruit x 12. 1. seed x 24; A-C & H-l from McDonald KRM4883 (BR1); E-G from McDonald KRM5258 (BRI). Del.

W. Smith.

162 A ustrobaileya 8(2): 159-163(2010)

Table 1. Comparison of morphological characters for Zornia macdonaldii and allied

species

Character

Z. macdonaldii

Z. floribunda

Z. stirlingii

Z. chaetophora

Stem glands

present

absent

present

present

Leaflet length

(11-) 15-38 mm

26-40 mm

(25-) 40-65 mm

15-40 mm

Leaflet width

0.5-2 mm

1-2.5 mm

1.5-4 (-5.5) mm

1-6 (-10) mm

Stipule width

1-1.6 mm

1.5-2 mm

1.5-3 mm

1-5 mm

Bract separation

separated

separated to

overlapping

overlapping

separated

Bract length

(5-) 7-11 mm

(7-) 11-12 mm

13-24 mm

(5—)7—11 mm

Bract width

(1.5-) 2-3.5

mm

3-5 mm

4-8 mm

2-3.5 mm

Bract glands

present

few or absent

present

present

Article length

2-2.8 mm

2-2.5 mm

2.5-3 mm

2.2-2.8 mm

Article bristle

length

0.8-1.6 mm

0-0.5 mm

0.5-2 mm

3-5 mm

flowers. Zornia pedunculata S.T.Reynolds

& A.E.Holland is therefore here placed in

synonymy under Z. dyctiocarpa DC. var.

dyctiocarpa.

Note that the leaflet length 0.9-19 cm

reported in Reynolds & Holland (1989: 28) is

an error and is correctly 0.9-1.9 cm.

Acknowledgements

I thank Keith McDonald (Department of

Environment and Resource Management) for

collecting so many quality plant specimens

and providing habitat information and

comments. I also thank Peter Bostock for the

Latin diagnosis and map, and Will Smith for

the illustration.

References

Holland, A.E. & Pedley, L. (2007). Fabaceae. In

P.D.Bostock & A.E.Holland (eds). Census

of the Queensland Flora 2007, pp. 72-85.

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Mohlenbrock, R.H. (1961). A monograph of the

Leguminous genus Zornia. Webbia 16: 1-141.

Reynolds, S.T. & Holland, A.E. (1989). The genus

Zornia J.Gmelin (Leguminosae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya 3: 13-38.

Holland, Zornia

163

Map 1 . Distribution of Zornia macdonaldii

Two new species of Solanum L. (Solanaceae)

from central Queensland

A.R.Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2010). Two new species of Solanum L. (Solanaceae) from central Queensland.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 165-170. Solanum pisinnum A.R.Bean sp. nov. and S. orgadophilum A.R.Bean

sp. nov. from central Queensland are described and illustrated. Notes on affinities, conservation

status, distribution, etymology, habitat and phenology are provided.

Key Words: Solanaceae, Solanum, Solanum orgadophilum, Solanum pisinnum, Australia flora,

Queensland flora, new species, taxonomy

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. E-mail: tony.bean@

derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Solanum L. is represented in Australia by

more than 100 species indigenous to the

four eastern States (Bean 2005-onwards),

and many more in the north and north-west

of the continent. While the genus is species-

rich, Solanum species are rarely prominent

in the landscape. Many Australian species

are less than one metre high, and the floral

displays can be inconspicuous. Often, they

occur only in areas recently disturbed by fire

or machinery, and are short-lived. For these

reasons, Solanum distribution, ecology and

even taxonomy remain quite poorly known.

Both of the species described in this paper

are short-lived perennials, less than 50 cm

tall, and of limited distribution. They belong

to Solanum subgenus Leptostemonum (Dunal)

Bitter.

Materials and methods

Herbarium specimens at BRI and MEL were

examined. Terminology and measurement

methods are as in Bean (2004). Measurements

of stems, leaves, prickles, hairs and pedicels

were made from dried material. Measurements

of corolla, style, anthers and fruits were

made from material preserved in spirit or

reconstituted. Both species have been studied

in the field.

Abbreviations: N.R (National Park).

Accepted for publication 10 September 2010

Taxonomy

Solanum pisinnum A.R.Bean species

nova affinis S. centrali sed statura minore,

aculeorum absentia aequabili, corolla non

profunde lobata, corollae pagina interiore

valde hirsuta, ovario styloque glabro,

inflorescentiis 1-3-floris et fructus exocarpio

1.8-2.3 mm crassitudine differens. Typus:

Queensland. Mitchell District: 69.8 km

from Jericho, along Tumbar Road, 21 May

2009, A.R.Bean 28966 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,

DNA, MEL, NY).

Erect herbaceous resprouter, 0.2-0.4 m high.

Stems without prickles. Branchlets grey,

yellow or rusty; prickles absent; stellate hairs

very dense, 0.3-0.5 mm diameter, stalks

0-0.2 mm long, lateral rays 7-8, porrect,

central ray 0.8-1.5 times as long as laterals,

not gland-tipped; type 2 hairs absent. Leaves

ovate, entire; lamina 2.8-8.5 cm long, 1.1-

4.2 cm wide, 2-2.5 times longer than broad,

apex obtuse or acute, base obtuse or cordate;

oblique part 0-3 mm long, obliqueness index

0-7 percent; petioles 0.8-2.6 cm long, 18-40%

length of lamina, prickles absent. Upper leaf

surface grey-green or grey, prickles absent,

stellate hairs distributed throughout, dense

or very dense 0.05-0.2 mm apart, 0.3-0.65

mm across, stalks 0.1-0.25 mm long, lateral

rays 7-8, porrect, central ray 0.4-1.1 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

absent, type 2 hairs absent. Lower leaf surface

white, grey or yellowish, prickles absent;

166

stellate hairs dense or very dense, 0.05-0.2

mm apart, 0.4-07 mm diameter, stalks 0.1-

0.3 mm long, lateral rays 7-8, porrect, central

ray 0.4-1.1 times as long as laterals, not

gland-tipped; simple hairs absent, type 2 hairs

absent. Inflorescence supra-axillary, cymose

(pseudo-racemose), common peduncle 2-15

mm long, rachis prickles absent, 1-3-flowered.

Flowers 5-merous; pedicels at anthesis 4-13

mm long, 0.9-1.3 mm thick, prickles absent.

Calyx tube at anthesis 3.5-4.5 mm long;

calyx lobes at anthesis deflate, rostrate or

attenuate, 2-4.5 mm long; prickles absent;

stellate hairs very dense, yellow to rusty, 0.3-

0.45 mm across, stalks 0-0.3 mm long, lateral

rays 7-8, central ray 0.6-1.2 times as long

as laterals, not gland-tipped. Corolla mauve

or purple, 10-13 mm long, shallowly lobed,

inner surface densely stellate-hairy; anthers

4.3-6.2 mm long, filaments 1.2-1.3 mm long;

ovary glabrous; functional style 7.5-9 mm

long, protruding between anthers, glabrous.

Fruiting calyx lobes less than half length of

mature fruit, prickles absent. Mature fruits

1 per inflorescence, globular, 12-17 mm

diameter, yellowish-green, 2-locular; placenta

sessile, semi-circular; mesocarp moist but not

juicy, exocarp 1.8-2.3 mm thick; pedicels

at fruiting stage 9-22 mm long, 1.1-1.4 mm

thick at mid-point. Seeds pale yellow or

brown, 3.1-3.4 mm long. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland

Mitchell District: Idalia N.P., WSW of Blackall, SE of

Emmet, along Emmet Pocket Road, Sep 1992, Bennie

s.n. (BRI [AQ 549761]). Warrego district: Idalia N.P,

Round Hole, Mar 1996, Forster PIF18891 & Ryan

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Solanum pisinnum

is known from two areas; on the Great

Dividing Range south of Jericho, and about

200 km further west in Idalia National Park

(Map 1). At the type locality it grows in

Acacia longispicata Benth. regrowth, with

emergent trees of Eucalyptus crebra F.Muell.,

E. chloroclada (Blakely) L. A. S. Johnson

& K.D.Hill and Callitris glaucophylla Joy

Thomps. & L.A.S.Johnson in pale sandy

soil. At Idalia N.P, it grows in Acacia aneura

F. Muell. ex Benth. woodland in red sand.

Phenology : Flowers are recorded in March,

May and September; fruits are recorded in

May.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 165-170 (2010)

Affinities : Included in this species are some

specimens that were attributed to Solanum

centrale J.M.Black by Bean (2004), and

S. centrale is no longer regarded as being

indigenous to Queensland. Solanum pisinnum

is closely related to S. centrale , but differs by

the often smaller stature, the consistent lack of

prickles, the shallowly lobed corolla (deeply

lobed for S. centrale ), the inner surface of the

corolla hirsute throughout distal half (only at

apex for S. centrale ), ovary and style glabrous

(both densely clothed in stellate hairs for

S. centrale ), inflorescences with 1-3 flowers

and 1 fruit (up to 7-flowered and 4-fruited for

S. centrale ), and pericarp 1.8-2.3 mm thick

(0.8-1 mm for S. centrale).

Conservation status : The population at

the type locality comprises more than 1000

stems, spread over an area of 1-2 hectares.

The species was not found in similar habitats

nearby, despite active searching. The extent

of the species at Idalia N.P. is not known.

Under the Red List guidelines (IUCN 2001), a

category of “Data deficient’’ is recommended

until further survey work is carried out.

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from the Latin word pisinnus, meaning small

or little. This is a reference to the small stature

of this species.

Solanum orgadophilum A.R.Bean species

nova affinis S. jucundo sed statura minore,

aculeis brevioribus, foliis ovatis usque late

ovatis, petiolo longitudine 28-83 centensimas

partes laminae aequanti, corollae pagina

inferiore glabra et praesentia in solis densis

argillaceis differens. Typus: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Kettle Street, Capella,

6 May 2010, A.R.Bean 29648 (holo: BRI; iso:

CANB).

Erect herbaceous resprouter, 0.2-0.4 m

high. Adult branchlets white, grey or brown;

prickles 1-5 per decimetre, straight, acicular,

1-3.5 mm long, 5-8 times longer than wide,

glabrous or with scattered stellate hairs on

lower half; stellate hairs dense or very dense,

0.4-07 mm diameter, stalks 0-0.15 mm

long; lateral rays 7-8, porrect; central ray

0.3-1.3 times as long as laterals, not gland-

tipped; type 2 hairs absent. Adult leaves ovate

or broadly ovate, margins entire but often

Bean, New species of Solanum

167

Fig. 1. Solanum pisinnum. A. fertile branchlet x 1. B. inflorescence x 2. C. open flower x 3. D. ovary and style x

8. E. inner surface of corolla x 8. F. cross-section of mature fruit x 3. G. seed x 8. All from Bean 28966 (BRI). Del.

W. Smith.

168

undulate; lamina 6.5-20 cm long, 3.8-11.7

cm wide, 1.4-2 times longer than broad,

apex obtuse or acute, base obtuse or cordate,

oblique part 0-2 mm long, obliqueness index

0-2 percent; petioles 3.2-8.4 cm long, 28-83

% length of lamina, prickles absent or rarely

present. Upper leaf surface silvery-grey to

grey-green, prickles absent; stellate hairs

distributed throughout, moderately dense

or dense, 0.1-0.25 mm apart, 0.3-0.4 mm

across, stalks 0-0.1 mm long; lateral rays 6-

8, porrect; central ray 0.2-0.7 times as long as

laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent;

type 2 hairs absent. Lower leaf surface white

or grey, prickles absent; stellate hairs dense

or very dense, 0.05-0.2 mm apart, 0.5-0.7

mm diameter, stalks 0-0.15 mm long; lateral

rays 7-8, porrect; central ray 0.3-0.8 times as

long as laterals, not gland-tipped; simple hairs

absent; type 2 hairs absent. Inflorescence

supra-axillary, cymose (pseudo-racemose),

common peduncle 30-35 mm long, rachis

prickles absent or rarely present, 3-6-flowered.

Flowers 5-merous. Pedicels at anthesis 6-11

mm long, same thickness throughout, 0.5-0.9

mm thick at mid-point, prickles absent or

rarely present. Calyx with tube 2.5-3.5 mm

long; lobes deltate, 2-6 mm long; prickles

absent; stellate hairs dense or very dense,

brown or rusty, 0.3-0.4 mm across, stalks

0-0.1 mm long, lateral rays 8, central ray

0.8-1.2 times as long as laterals, central ray

not gland-tipped; simple hairs absent; type 2

hairs absent. Corolla purple, 13-14 mm long,

rotate, inner surface glabrous; anthers 4.8-5.5

mm long; filaments c. 1 mm long; ovary with

stellate and type 2 hairs. Functional style c. 8.5

mm long, protruding between anthers, with

stellate hairs only. Fruits not seen. Capella

potato bush. Fig. 2.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: 4 km SW by road from the

Wolfang Access road turnoff, on Moranbah - Clermont

Road, May 2006, Jessup 5241 & Thomas (BRI, NSW);

Peak Downs, c. 10 miles [16 km] NE of Capella, Jan

1954, Everist 19 & Johnson (BRI); Peak Downs, Jan

1951, Everist 4398 (BRI); Copella [=Capella], in 1871,

Bowman s.n. (MEL12574); Emerald, s.dat. [1879-1881],

O’Shanesy 40011 (MEL13077).

Distribution and habitat : Solarium

orgadophilum is confined to the “Central

Highlands”, from north-east of Clermont to

Austrobaileya 8(2): 165-170 (2010)

Capella, and was historically recorded from

Emerald (Map 1). It grows in fertile cracking

clay soil on flat or undulating terrain, in

association with various grasses andforbs. The

original vegetation was probably grassland or

eucalypt open woodland.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded for

January and May.

Affinities: Solarium orgadophilum belongs

to the S. macoorai group (Group 27B) of

Bean (2004), but is rather taxonomically

isolated within this group. It is perhaps

closest to S.jucundum A.R.Bean, although

many characters separate them, including

plant height, prickle length, leaf shape,

corolla indumentum and habitat. Solarium

orgadophilum is somewhat reminiscent of

S. ellipticum R.Br., but differs from it by

the upright habit, the lack of prickles on the

leaves and calyx, and the style covered by

many stellate hairs. In the dichotomous key

of Bean (2004), S. orgadophilum will most

often key out to S. argopetalum A.R.Bean;

however, that species has Type 2 hairs on the

branchlets, much larger stellate hairs on the

upper leaf surface with a longer central ray,

common peduncle absent or very short, and a

smaller white corolla.

Conservation status : The great majority of

the habitat for this species has been utilised

for cropping, and more recently further land

has been taken for open-cut coal mining.

Currently, the species is locally common on

two freehold properties within the township of

Capella. One population is on a vacant block

where a building is to be erected in the next

few years, while the other is in the backyard

of an existing house, which is grazed and

intermittently slashed.

A population, comprising up to 500

stems, was discovered on a road reserve on

the Clermont - Moranbah road in 2006, but

no plants have been seen there since 2008, as

dense swards of tall grass now cover the site.

Presumably the rhizomes of the Solarium are

still alive at this site. It is not known whether

the species still exists at “Peak Downs”.

Threats to the species include land

modification (cropping, coal mining and

Bean, New species of Solarium

169

Fig. 2. Solanum orgadophilum. A. whole plant x 0.4. B. portion of stem showing prickles * 6. C. inflorescence *

1.5. D. calyx (one lobe removed), ovary and style x 3. E. corolla x 2. F. stamens x 3. All from Bean 29648 (BRI). Del.

W. Smith.

urban development) and weed encroachment

(especially Parthenium hysterophorus L.). The

recommended conservation status using the

Red List criteria (IUCN 2001) is Endangered

based on the criteria Bla,b(ii,iii,v)c(ii,iv)+2a,

b(ii,iii,iv,v)c(ii,iv); Cl+2b.

Etymology : The species epithet is from the

Greek orgados (a meadow or well-watered

fertile spot), and philos (loving). This is a

reference to the habitat of this species.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Kate and Julienne

Brimblecombe of Capella for publishing in

a local newsletter my article about Capella

potato bush. Capella residents Ren Lanyon

and Reni Isherwood kindly showed me some

solanum plants in the town. Peter Bostock

translated the diagnoses into Latin and Will

Smith provided the illustrations.

170

References

Bean, A.R. (2004). The taxonomy and ecology of

Solanum subg. Leptostemonum (Dunal)

Bitter (Solanaceae) in Queensland and far

north-eastern New South Wales, Australia.

Austrobaileya 6: 639-816.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 165-170 (2010)

- (2005 onwards). Solarium species of Eastern

Australia. Version: 8th October 2006. http://

delta-intkev.com/solanum/index.htm

Iucn. (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:

Version 3.1. IUCN Species survival

Commission. IUCN: Gland/Cambridge.

Map 1. Distribution of Solanum pisinnum (A) and S. orgadophilum (•)

Davenportia R.W.Johnson, a new genus of

Convolvulaceae ( Merremieae ) from central Australia

R.W.Johnson

Summary

Johnson, R.W. (2010). Davenportia R.W.Johnson, a new genus of Convolvulaceae (. Merremieae )

from central Australia. Austrobaileya 8(2): 171-176. Davenportia R.W.Johnson is described as

new. It differs from existing genera in the tribe Merremieae in its pollen morphology, hair type and

bracteoles. Ipomoea davenportii F.Muell. is transferred to the new genus with the new combination

Davenportia davenportii (F.Muell.) R.W.Johnson. Descriptions, illustrations and a distribution map

are provided for Davenportia and its sole species.

Key Words: Convolvulaceae, Davenportia , Davenportia davenportii , Merremia , Australia flora,

new genus, taxonomy

R.W.Johnson, c/- Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: robert.

j ohnson@der m. qld. gov. au

Introduction

Mueller (1868) described ipomoea davenportii

F.Muell. from a specimen collected by

J.McDouall Stuart on the Davenport Range,

Northern Territory. He highlighted its

stellate tomentum on the foliage. Bentham

(1869) noted that the fragmentary specimen

he studied was very different from other

species of Ipomoea. Hallier (1893) transferred

Ipomoea davenportii to Merremia Dennst. ex

Endl. on the basis of its smooth pollen.

Merremia davenportii has always fitted

uncomfortably within the genus Merremia

and is worthy of generic rank based on the

presence of hexapantoporate pollen (the

primary distinguishing character), stalked

multiangulate stellate hairs and large

bracteoles.

Taxonomy

Davenportia R.W.Johnson, genus novus

differt ab omnibus aliis generibus in

Convolvulaceis combinatione characterum

sequentium: styli singulares, indivisi, stigmata

globosa, pollinis grana laevia pantocolpata,

pili stellati et bracteolae prominentes.

Typus: Davenportia davenportii (F.Muell.)

R.W.Johnson.

Accepted for publication 7 September 2010

Herbaceous perennial vines with stalked,

multiangulate stellate hairs; stems trailing

and climbing, twining at the tips. Leaves

petiolate, compound; leaflets crenate or lobed.

Inflorescence an axillary, 1-few-flowered

cyme; bracteoles prominent, persistent. Sepals

5, free, herbaceous, ±equal. Corolla funnel-

shaped, white; limb shallowly 5-lobed; mid-

petaline bands distinctly veined and glabrous

outside. Stamens 5, included; filaments at

the base adnate to the corolla tube; anthers

straight; pollen 6-pantocolpate, smooth. Disk

annular. Ovary glabrous, 4-locular; ovules 1

per locule; style 1, entire; stigma biglobular.

Fruit capsular, globular to depressed globular,

4-valved; 4-seeded. Seeds smooth, sericeous.

Distribution : Davenportia is a monospecific

genus, endemic in Australia.

Relationships : Davenportia possesses a

single style and globose stigmas, pinnate

venation and a capsular fruit and can be

classified within the tribe Merremieae

D.F.Austin. Austin (1973) informally

proposed a tribal grouping, “Merremioides”,

to include the genera Merremia , Aniseia

Choisy and Operculina Silva Manso, all

which occur in Australia. He suggested

this group had common ancestry with the

Ipomoeeae Hallier f. and Argyreieae Choisy

ex G.Don. Austin (1982) formally described

the tribe Merremieae ; however, Stefanovic

172

Austrobaileya 8(2): 171-176 (2010)

et al. (2002) demonstrated that the tribe was

not monophyletic and transferred Aniseia and

some tropical American genera to a new tribe

Aniseieae Stefanovic & D.F.Austin. Further

studies indicated the genera remaining in

the tribe Merremieae , mainly of the old

world tropics, may also not be monophyletic

(Stefanovic et al. 2003).

The type genus of the tribe Merremieae is

Merremia. Austin & Staples (1980) described

a new genus Xenostegia D.F.Austin & Staples

based on Merremia section Halliera O’Donell.

Davenportia is another segregate of Merremia

that is sufficiently distinct to warrant generic

rank.

Diagnostic Characters : The following

characters separate Davenportia from other

members of the tribe Merremieae.

Pollen. Pollen morphology has played an

important role in the classification of genera

in the family Convolvulaceae (Ferguson et

al. 1977). Pollen grains of Davenportia are

smooth, spheroidal and hexapantocolpate

(Fig. 1). The polar axis ranges from 60-70p

long; the equatorial diameter 65-70p. The

colpus length ranges from 25-55p and width

from 4-10p. Ferguson et al. (1977) did not

record pantocolpate pollen in the 55 species of

Merremia and Operculina they studied. They

did, however; record Merremia davenportii

as having tricolpate pollen. Numerous SEM

images of pollen of Davenportia showed

that from some angles the pollen may appear

tricolpate. Measurements from 10 sample

pollen grains all showed the pollen was

hexapantocolpate, though the possibility

exists that some tricolpate grains may occur.

Telleria & Daners (2003) also recorded no

pantocolpate pollen in Merremia in their

study of southern New World Convolvulaceae.

However, Leite et al. (2005) found occasional

pantocolpate pollen grains in some typically

tri-zonocolpate members of Merremia section

Cissoides O’Donell from South America.

Vestiture. The presence of stellate hairs, which

in this case are stalked and multiangulate with

numerous arms, distinguishes this taxon from

all others species of Merremia in Australia

and South East Asia. Stellate hairs are rare,

but not unknown in Merremia species from

10j.ml5.0kU 1.0 1E3 0B02/0B P 13

Fig. 1 . Pollen grain of Davenportia davenportii from

Wilson 4717 (BRI).

elsewhere. A new genus Astromerremia Pilg.

was erected by Pilger (1936) on the basis of

it having stellate indumentum. Pilger listed

only one species from Angola in his new

genus inferring no other species of Merremia

had stellate hairs. Verdcourt (1958) stated

that if stellate hairs were the chief reason for

separating Astromerremia from Merremia

then he considered it difficult to maintain

the new genus. He did conclude that the

new species had previously been described

from Angola as Merremia stellata by Rendle

(1908) and sank the new genus. Rendle stated

that it was the only Merremia with stellate

hairs. Its hairs are stalked, multiangulate,

with numerous arms. Austin & Staples

(1983) reported the presence of stellate hairs

in a few species from South America. They

described M. repens which has simple to 3-

branched stellate hairs and commented that

stellate hairs were seen in some varieties of

M digitata. Simao-Bianchini & Pirani (1997)

describe a number of species of Merremia

from South America with stellate hairs but all

have tricolpate pollen and small bracteoles.

Stalked stellate hairs do occur in a number of

other genera in Convolvulaceae.

Bracteoles. The bracteoles of the Australian

species of Merremia are small, up to about

5 mm long. In M. davenportii they are

prominent and 6-20 mm long. In Malaysia

Johnson, Davenportia

some species of Merremia section Hailale

Hallier f. may have foliaceous bracteoles

(van Ooststroom 1953). However, their hairs

are not stellate and their pollen is uniformly

3-colpate (Ferguson et al. 1977). The South

American species referred to above all have

smaller bracteoles.

Notes: Merremia has long been regarded

as a morphologically diverse genus (Austin

1973; Austin & Staples 1980) and the limited

molecular evidence to date indicates the

internal disposition of genera in Merremieae

to be unresolved (Stefanovic et al. 2002,

2003). It is apparent that a number of character

states have evolved independently across the

wide pantropical range of the genus. Stellate

hairs of various structures have evolved

independently in Africa, Australia and

South America. This supports the argument

presented by Verdcourt (1958) that erection

of the genus Astromerremia on the basis

of stellate hairs alone is not sustainable.

The evolution of hexapantoporate pollen

in Davenportia in Australia has not been

previously reported in Merremia throughout

Africa and Australasia. The occasional

occurrence of some pantocolpate pollen in a

few zonocolpate species in South America is

further evidence of independent evolutionary

trends. The combination of hexapantoporate

pollen (the primary distinguishing character),

stalked multiangulate stellate hairs and

large bracteoles represents an independent

evolutionary development which clearly

warrants recognition as a new genus. Similar

character suites have been used to justify the

erection of other Convolvulaceae genera such

as Xenostegia (Austin & Staples 1980) and

Odonellia Robertson. As noted by Robertson

(1982) many genera in the Convolvulaceae

have been defined on single or few characters,

reflecting many instances of reticulate and/or

convergent evolution.

Etymology : The name of this genus is derived

from the specific epithet, davenportii, which

was used by Mueller in recognition of the

locality ‘Davenport’s Range’, from which the

type specimen was collected. The Davenport

Range is named after the wealthy landowner

and parliamentarian Sir Samuel Davenport

(1818-1906) (Nicks 1972).

173

Davenportia davenportii (F.Muell.) R.W.

Johnson comb, nov.; Ipomoea davenportii

F.Muell., Fragm 6: 97 (1868), as/, davenporti.

Type: “Davenport’s Ra.” [Davenport Range,

Northern Territory], s.dat., J.M.Stuart s.n.

(holo: MEL2288129).

Merremia davenportii (F.Muell.) Hallier

fi, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16: 552 (1893), as

M. davenporti

Perennial, becoming woody at the base;

stems trailing to climbing, twining at the

tips, densely stellate hairy, hairs stalked,

multiangulate with many arms to 1 mm long.

Leaves petiolate; petiole 4-35 mm long;

blade trifoliate, appearing almost 5-partite

with lateral leaflets deeply lobed on the outer

margin; leaflets petiolulate; petiolules 1-8

mm long; terminal lobe elliptic to obovate,

occasionally ovate-elliptic, 12-50 mm long,

10-30 mm wide, base tapering, occasionally

obtuse, margin crenate, occasionally

shallowly lobed, apex obtuse to rounded,

emarginate, mucronulate, densely stellate

hairy, pinnately veined with 4-8 pairs of

secondary veins; lateral lobes similar but

shorter and with a distinct basal lobe on the

outer margin. Inflorescence axillary, cymose,

1, rarely 2-flowered; peduncle 6-40(-60) mm

long; bracteoles opposite, linear to narrowly

elliptic or obovate, occasionally ovate, 6-25

mm long, 1-5 mm wide, finely acute to long-

acuminate, densely stellate; pedicels 10-30

mm long, dilated upwards. Sepals subequal,

ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 12-25 mm long, 5-

7 mm wide and up to 10 mm wide at fruiting,

apex acute to long-acuminate, densely stellate;

inner sepals with a distinct glabrous scarious

margin. Corolla funnel-shaped, c. 30 mm long,

20-40 mm diameter, white; petals 35-45 mm

long, midpetaline band glabrous, with 5 dark

nerves. Stamens 5; filaments adnate to the

base of the corolla tube for 4-7 mm, free for

10-18 mm, hairs simple occurring on fused

area and to above the point of attachment;

anthers narrow oblong-lanceolate, sagittate,

4-4.5 mm long, splitting longitudinally;

pollen smooth, pantocolpate with 6 colpi. Style

20-30 mm long, glabrous; stigma biglobular.

Capsule globular to depressed globular, 6-12

mm long, 9-14 mm diameter, straw-coloured,

glabrous, 4-celled, splitting longitudinally

174

into 4 valves; seeds dark brown to black, ±

globular, 5-6 mm long, densely sericeous,

hairs to 0.75 mm. Fig. 2.

Additional specimens examined: Western Australia.

c. 10 km S of Boodarie Homestead on track from PWD

water tanks, Apr 1995, Mitchell PRP311 (BRI); Barn Hill

Homestead, Apr 1993, Mitchell 3023 (BRI). Northern

Territory. Dixon Creek, 9.2 km N of Devils Marbles,

May 2005, Bean 23827 (BRI); Morphett Creek, Mar

1955, Chippendale 995 (BRI); Stuart Highway, 12 km S

Newcastle Waters turnoff, Oct 1995, Come 6078 (BRI);

Burrabelly waterhole, Fre River, Feb 1972, Dunlop 2494

(BRI); 10 km N of Elliott, Nov 1993, Egan 2856 (BRI);

near Wycliffe Well, c, 236 miles [380 km] N of Alice

Springs, Jan 1950, Everist 4262 (BRI); 10 miles [16 km]

N of Elliott, Stuart Highway, Jan 1968, Latz 98 (BRI);

Austrobaileya 8(2): 171-176 (2010)

27 km W of Barkly homestead on Barkly Highway, Jun

2004, McKenzie RAM04/68 (BRI); 8 miles [13 km] N

of Elliott, Nov 1969, Parker 127 (AD); 22 miles [35 km]

ESE of Frewena Station, Apr 1948, Perry 670 (BRI);

20 miles [32 km] NW of Ooratippra Station, Mar 1953,

Perry 3429 (BRI); 50 miles [80 km] W of Camooweal,

Jul 1958, Trapnell23 (BRI); c. 90 km S of Tennant Creek,

Jul 1968, Weber 1075 (BRI); Stuart Highway, 11 kmNW

of Elliott, Apr 1983, Wilson 4717 (BRI). Queensland.

Burke District: red sand hills NE of Barkly Downs

Homestead, c, 104 km WNW of Mt Isa, Jul 2000, Bailey

& Kelman s.n. (BRI [AQ778392]); Barkly Downs, c. 104

km WNW to NW of Mt Isa, May 2001, Bailey & Kelman

s.n. (BRI [AQ778393]); SW corner of Pilpah Range,

12.5 km NNE of Barkly Downs homestead, Nov 2004,

Kelman DTK101104 8 (BRI).

Fig. 2. Davenportia davenportii. A. leaf x 2. B. young inflorescence showing bracteoles x 1.5. C. enlarged stem

showing vestiture x 12. D. stalked multiangulate stellate hair x 50. E. flower x 1. F. fruit x 1.5. G. seed x 4. A,C,D from

Kelman DTK101104 8 (BRI); B from Everist 4262 (BRI); E based on plate by Moore (2005: 413) and descriptions; F

from Bailey & Kelman s.n. (BRI [AQ778393]); G from Bailey & Kelman s.n. (BRI [AQ778392]). Del. W.Smith.

Johnson, Davenportia

Distribution and ecology : Davenportia

davenportii occurs in coastal areas of north¬

western Western Australia, through the

southern Northern Territory, extending into

north-western Queensland. It grows on red to

brown sandy soils in woodlands and shrublands,

often adjoining creeks (Map 1).

Phenology : It flowers and fruits throughout

the year, depending on moisture availability.

Conservation status : The species is not

regarded as threatened in either the Northern

Territory or Western Australia. It is known

from only one population in Queensland.

Acknowledgements

I appreciate the continuing support provided

by Dr Gordon Guymer, Director of BRI,

which enables me to continue my taxonomic

research. I thank Will Smith (BRI) for the

illustrations, Dr Mary Dettmann for advice

on palynology, Hans Dillewaard for S.E.M.

imaging and Les Pedley for his comments on

the manuscript. I thank Dr Dick Brummitt for

providing me with details of the stellate hairs

of Merremia stellata.

References

Austin, D.F. (1973). The American Erycibeae

(Convolvulaceae): Maripa, Dicranostyles ,

and Lysiostyles 1. Systematics. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 60: 306-412.

- (1982). Convolvulaceae. In J.Luces de Febres &

J.A.Steyermark (eds.). Flora of Venezuela 8(3):

16. Instituto Nacional de Parques: Caracas.

Austin, D.F. & Staples, G.W. (1980). Xenostegia , a new

genus of Convolvulaceae. Brittonia 32: 533-

536.

- (1983). Additions and changes in the Neotropical

Convolvulaceae - Notes on Merremia,

Operculina and Turbina. Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 64: 483-489.

Bentham, G. (1869). Ipomoea davenporti. In Flora

Australiensis 4: 415. L.Reeve & Co.: London.

Ferguson, I.K., Verdcourt, B. & Poole, M.M. (1977).

Pollen morphology in the genera Merremia and

Operculina (Convolvulaceae) and its taxonomic

significance. Kew Bulletin 31: 763-773.

Hallier, H. (1893). Versucheiner naturlichenGliederung

der Convolvulaceen auf morphologischer

und anatomischer Grundlage. Botanische

Jahrbiicher fur Systematic, Pflanzengeschichte

und Pflanzengeographie 16: 453-591.

175

Leite, K.R.B., Bianchini, R.S. & Santos, F.A.R. (2005).

Morfologia polinica de especies do genero

Merremia Dennst. (Convolvulaceae) ocorrentes

no Estado da Bahia, Brasil. Acta Botanica

Brasilica 19: 313-321.

Moore, P. (2005). A guide to plants of inland Australia.

Reed New Holland: Sydney.

Mueller, F. (1868). Fragmenta Phytogeographiae

Australiae 6: 97. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

Nicks, B.A. (1972). Davenport, Sir Samuel (1818-1906).

In D.Pike (ed.), Australian Dictionary of

Biography 4: 25-26. Melbourne University

Press: Melbourne.

Pilger, R. (1936). Zwei neue Gattungen der

Convolvulaceae aus Angola. Notizblatt des

Botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin-

Dahlem 13: 106-107.

Rendle, A.B. (1908). Notes on African Convolvulaceae

- III. The Journal of Botany, British & Foreign

46: 177-184.

Robertson, K.R. (1982). Odonellia , a new genus of

Convolvulaceae from tropical America.

Brittonia 34: 417-423.

Samao-Bianchini , R. & Pirani, J.R. (1997). Flora da

Serra Do Cipo, Minas Gerais: Convolvulaceae.

Boletim de Faculdade de Filosofia, Ciencias e

Letras, Universidade de Sao Paulo: Botanica

16: 125-149.

Stefanovic, S., Krueger, L., & Olmstead, R.G.

(2002). Monophyly of the Convolvulaceae and

circumscription of their major lineages based

on DNA sequences of multiple chloroplast loci.

American Journal of Botany 89: 1510-1522.

Stefanovic, S., Austin, D.F. & Olmstead, R.G. (2003).

Classification of Convolvulaceae: a phylogenetic

approach. Systematic Botany 28: 791-806.

Telleria, M.C. & Daners, G. (2003). Pollen types in

Southern New World Convolvulaceae and their

taxonomic significance. Plant Systematics &

Evolution 243: 99-118.

Van Ooststroom, S.J. (1953). Convolvulaceae. In

C.G.G.J.Steenis (ed.). Flora Malesiana , Ser.14:

388-513. Noordhoff-Kolff: Djakarta.

Verdcourt, B. (1958). Notes from the East African

Herbarium: VI. Kew Bulletin 13: 185-197.

176

Austrobaileya 8(2): 171-176 (2010)

Map 1. Distribution of Davenportia davenportii

Miscellaneous taxonomic and nomenclatural

notes for Myrtaceae

Neil Snow 1 & J.EVeldkamp 2

Summary

Snow, N. & Veldkamp, J.F. (2010). Miscellaneous taxonomic and nomenclatural notes for Myrtaceae.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 177-186. Typifications are provided for Psidium cattleianum Sabine and

P. guineense Sw. from Brazil and the Caribbean respectively. Episyzygium oahuense Suess. &

A.Ludw. is confirmed as being a synonym of Psidium cattlieanum, not of Eugenia. Two varieties

of P. cattleianum from Brazil are reduced to synonymy. New combinations are made in Gossia,

Syzygium and Xanthomyrtus for a number of species from Malesia and Melanesia. For Syzygium

these include S. thompsonii (Merr.) N. Snow (including Eugenia trukensis Hosokawa, syn. nov.) based

on E. thompsonii Merr.; S. bifarium (Wall.) Veldk. based on E. bifaria Wall., which is neotypified;

and S. melastomatifolium (Blume) Veldk., which is based on Jambosa melastomatifolia Blume.

Xanthomyrtus kanalaensis (Hochr.) N.Snow comb, nov., based on E. kanalaensis Hochr., is the older

and correct name for the endemic species on New Caledonia formerly known as X. hienghenensis

Guillaumin. New combinations for Melanesian species of Gossia are provided, including

G. alaternoides (Brongn. & Gris) N.Snow, G. alaternoides var. conspicua (Vieill. ex Guillaumin)

N.Snow), G. alaternoides var. pulchrifolius (Guillaumin) N.Snow, G. aphthosa (Brongn. &

Gris) N.Snow, G. clusioides (Brongn. & Gris) N.Snow, G. colnettiana (Guillaumin) N.Snow, G.

diversifolia (Brongn. & Gris) N.Snow, G. kuakuense (Vieill. ex Guillaumin) N.Snow (an older name

for a basionym for the species recently known in New Caledonia as Austromyrtus cataractarum).

G. nigripes (Guillaumin) N.Snow, G. pancheri (Brongn. & Gris) N.Snow, G. vieillardii (Brongn. &

Gris) N. Snow (which is shown to be the same taxon as the later named G. aneityensis (Guillaumin)

N.Snow in Vanuatu), and G. virotii (Guillaumin) N.Snow. An expanded description based on fruiting

material is provided for Rhodomyrtus kaweaensis N.Snow from Papua New Guinea. Taxonomic

boundaries in the context of morphological and molecular variation are discussed for Rhodomyrtus

montana Guymer and R. misimana N.Snow from New Guinea.

Key Words: Myrtaceae, Gossia, Psidium, Rhodomyrtus, Syzygium, Xanthomyrtus, Gossia

alaternoides, Gossia alaternoides var. conspicua, Gossia alaternoides var. pulchrifolius, Gossia

aphthosa, Gossia clusioides, Gossia colnettiana, Gossia diversifolia, Gossia kuakuense, Gossia

nigripes, Gossia pancheri, Gossia vieillardii, Gossia virotii, Psidium cattleianum, Psidium guineense,

Rhodomyrtus kaweaensis, Rhodomyrtus misimana, Rhodomyrtus montana, Syzygium bifarium,

Syzygium melastomatifolium, Syzygium thompsonii, Xanthomyrtus kanalaensis, Xanthomyrtus

hienghenensis, Brazil flora, Caribbean flora, Malesia flora, Melanesia flora. New Caledonia flora.

New Guinea flora, taxonomy, nomenclature, new combinations

‘N.Snow, Herbarium Pacificum, Bishop Museum, 1525 Bernice Street, Honolulu, HI 96817, USA.

Email: neil. snow@bishopmuseum.org

2 J.F.Veldkamp, Netherlands Centre for Biodiversity Naturalis (section NHN), Leiden University, PO.

Box 9514, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands. Email: veldkamp@nhn.leidenuniv.nl

Introduction

Recent curatorial work has uncovered several

taxonomic situations in Myrtaceae that now

can be clarified or addressed. A number of new

combinations also now can be made available

as a precursor to a longer treatment of Gossia

N.Snow & Guymer for New Caledonia that

will be forthcoming from the first author. We

bring this information together here in a single

Accepted for publication 9 September 2010

paper given that an appropriate publication

venue for its individual components might

otherwise be delayed.

1. Typification of Psidium cattleianum

Sabine

Despite its widespread cultivation and

abundance as a serious weedy tree in many

parts of the world (Weber 2003; Tassin et al.

2006) and its inclusion in many recent Floras

(e.g., Jie & Craven 2007; Landrum 2009), the

type status of this taxon previously has not been

178

clarified. Designation of a type at the present

time will obviate others from tracking down

its history or await its publication at a later

time. The new varieties proposed by Mattos

(1981, 2007) appear to be of no taxonomic

significance, representing slight variations in

fruit shape (Mattos 1981) or colour (Mattos

2007: 5) of this widespread species.

Psidium cattleianum Sabine, Trans. Hort.

Soc. London 4: 315, t. 11 (1821); Weinm.

in Hornsch., Syll. PI. Nov. 2: 166 (1825)

(“ cattleyanunT ), orth. var.', Guajava

cattleiana (Sabine) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI.

1: 239 (1891) (“ cattleyana ”). Type: Trans.

Hort. Soc. London 4: t. 11 (1821) (lecto: here

designated [digital copy of plate viewed]).

Episyzygium oahuense Suess. & A.Ludw.,

Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 1: 18 (1950).

Type: Hawaii, Oahu, Waianae, February

1930, A.K.Meebold 8545 (holo: M [viewed

digitally], barcode M-0164198; “ 8445 ”).

Eugenia pseudovenosa H.Perrier, Mem.

L’Instit. Scient. de Madagascar, Ser. B, Tome

IV, Ease. 2:180 (1952 [1953]), syn. nov. Type:

Madagascar, Fianarantsoa: Vestiges de la

foret littorale au voisinage de Fembouchure

de Fanantara, H.Perrier 6516 (holo: P!).

Psidium cattleianum (as cattleyanum) Sabine

var. pyriformis Mattos, Loefgrenia 76: 1

(1981; see also pp. 2-3 regarding errata), syn.

nov. Type: Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul, Santa

Maria, cult., 30 July \911, A.Fisher s.n. (holo:

IPNR n.v).

Psidium cattleianum (as cattleyanum) Sabine

var. purpureum Mattos, Loefgrenia 124:

4 (2007), syn. nov. Type: Brazil, Santa

Catarina, cult, em Jurere Internacional,

Florianopolis, 5 May 2007, J.Mattos 32737

(holo: FLORw.v.; iso: HBRw.v.).

The spelling “ cattleianum ”, not “cattleyanum”,

is the original and thus the correct orthography

(Art. 60.1, Ex. 9-12.). Guajava cattleyana

(Sabine) Kuntze (1891) and Psidium

cattleyanum Weinm. (1828) are both included

in IPNI (as “Weinw.” for the latter) but are

merely orthographic variants.

The protologue indicates the description

was based on “a plant cultivated by Messrs.

Barr & Brookes, of Ball’s Pond, Newington,

Austrobaileya 8(2): 177-186 (2010)

England, said to have come as seeds from

China”. Lindley, however, in 1824 corrected

this to “a native of some parts of South

America”. Green (1994) and Jie & Craven

(2007) have indicated that the species is native

to Brazil.

The taxonomy and nomenclature

of Psidium cattleianum has fluctuated

significantly. For example, Wagner etal. (1999:

971) did not recognize infraspecific taxa for

Hawaii. Britton & Wilson (1925) recognized

P. littorale Raddi as a taxon distinct from

P. cattleianum. Others have recognized P.

cattleianum var. littorale (Raddi) Fosberg for

populations with somewhat longer petioles

and longer leaf blades, which also bear more

yellowish fruits at maturity (e.g., Fosberg

1962; Green 1994; see also Burkill [1997],

who indicated the species as having “a number

of varieties, distinguished on fruit shape”).

The lectotypification here applies specifically

to red-fruited material. An illustration of

the yellow-fruited taxon was provided in

the protologue by Raddi, but we have not

reviewed the details of its typification.

Merrill & Perry (1938) regarded Psidium

littorale Raddi to predate Sabine, as they

thought it had appeared in 1820. According

to Stafleu & Cowan (1983), Raddi’s paper

was published in 1821 and reprinted in

1823. Raddi (1823) described the fruit

as “verde-giallognola” (green yellowish;

Dr. R.M.Baldini, FI, pers. comm.). The

comments by Schroeder (1946), who argued

that the epithet cattleianum predates that of

littorale , have been followed by many (Jie

& Craven 2007). As it cannot be shown

with absolute certainty which of the two

papers was first, Preamble 10 (McNeill et al.

2006) applies “In the absence of a relevant

rule or where the consequences of rules are

doubtful, established custom is followed” and

P. cattleianum is accepted here.

Warren L. Wagner (in 1986, then at

BISH) was the first to annotate the holotype

of Episyzgium oahuense as a synonym

of P. cattleianum , a decision with which

we agree. Govaerts et al. (2008: 80, 162)

incorrectly cited it as a synonym of Eugenia

reinwardtiana (where it appears misspelled

in both places as “ cahuense ”). Although

Snow & Veldkamp, Notes on Myrtaceae

A.J.Scott first annotated the type specimen

of Eugenia pseudovenosa in August of 1978

to be “Psidium sp,. near cattleianum Sabine”,

and this interpretation of synonymy was

on Wikispecies (2010) by October 2010,

this appears to be the first report in print

of its synonymy (i.e., contra Govaerts et al.

2008: 159). The tearing of sepal lobes on the

specimen at P is quite evident, and the leaf

size, shape, and venation matches perfectly

with our concept of the species. Additional

synonymy of P. cattelianum can be found in

Govaerts et al. (2008: 349).

2. The type of Psidium guineense Sw.

Recommendation 9A.4. (McNeill et al. 2006),

states “When a single collection is cited in the

protologue, but a particular institution housing

this is not designated, it should be assumed

that the specimen housed in the institution

where the author is known to have worked

is the holotype, unless there is evidence that

further material of the same collection was

used”. We designate it here.

Psidium guineense Sw., Prodr. 77 (1788);

Guajava guineensis (Sw.) Kuntze, Rev is.

Gen. PI. 1: 239 (1891); Myrtus guineensis

(Sw.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 91 (1898);

Mosiera guineensis (Sw.) Bisse, Rev. Jard.

Bot. Nac. 6(3) 4 (1985). Type: “In Domingo

culta”, Swartz s.n. (holo: S [S-R.5302, viewed

digitally]; http://www.nrm.se/en/menu/resear

chandcollections.54_en.html.

The holotype specimen has “Culta in

Hispaniola” written on it, whereas the

protologue indicates “in Domingo culta ”.

3. Xanthomyrtus kanalaensis (Hochr.) N.Snow

is the correct name for A hienghenensis

Guillaumin

Snow et al. (2003: 84) incorrectly suggested

that Eugenia kanalaensis Hochr. was a

member of Uromyrtus Burret. In fact, Eugenia

kanalaensis is an earlier legitimate name for

the same taxon known for many years as

Xanthomyrtus hienghenensis Guillaumin,

and thus a new combination is required in

Xanthomyrtus.

Before discussing this taxonomic situation

further it is important to reiterate that

Vieillard designated numbers to taxa (as he

179

perceived them), not to individual collections

of specimens (Tirel & Veillon 2002: 175—

176). Thus one or more specimens bearing

the number 2627 were not necessarily from

a single gathering made at the same time

(Art. 8.2; McNeill et al. 2006). The lectotype

specimen designated below fox Xanthomyrtus

kanalaensis is housed at NY and is one of two

duplicates that Hochreutiner (1910) explicitly

cited (the other being at K) as the basis for

X. kanalaensis. Scott (1979: 477) indicated

the same number ( Vieillard 2627 ) as the

type specimen for X. hienghenensis var.

latifolia Guillaumin, given that Guillaumin

explicitly cited Vieillard 2627 as a syntype

for X. hienghenensis var. latifolia. However,

Scott was incorrect to cite it as the holotype,

given that syntypes were clearly indicated in

the protologue. This error is correctable under

Art. 9.8 (see below). Lectotypification does

not retroactively make names superfluous

(Art. 52.2; McNeill et al. 2006).

The specimen in NY cited by Hochreutiner

(1910) confirms that it is conspecific with

Xanthomyrtus hienghenensis Guillaumin.

In reality there are two specimens of this

number at NY. One is a part of herbarium

NY (proper), whereas the other, which also is

now housed at NY, was part of the herbarium

of the former Columbia College of Pharmacy

Herbarium, which was transferred to NY in

1945.

Xanthomyrtus kanalaensis (Hochr.)N.Snow

comb, nov.; Eugenia kanalaensis Hochr.,

Bull. New York Bot. Gard. 6: 280 (1910);

Austromyrtus kanalaensis (Hochr.) Burret,

Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15: 504

(1941). Type: New Caledonia, Montagnes

du lac a Kanala, 1861-1867, E. Vieillard 2627

(lecto: NY [barcode no. 00405167], designated

here; duplicates of lecto: NY [barcodes no.

01163693 and probably also 01163693; the

latter in the same hand as designated lectotype

but indicating only “Montagnes a Kanala”], K

n.v., P n.v .).

180

Xanthomyrtus hienghenensis Guillaumin,

Bull. Soc. Bot. France 81: 16 (1934);

X hienghenensis var. hienghenensis,

Guillaumin, loc. cit. 17. Type: New Caledonia,

Hiengene, s.dat., A.Le Rat s.n. (lecto: P;

duplicates of lecto: L, P [designated by Scott

(1979: 477)]).

Xanthomyrtus hienghenensis Guillaumin var.

latifolia Guillaumin, Bull. Soc. Bot. France

81: 17 (1934). Type: New Caledonia, Canala,

s.dat., E.Vieillard 2627 (lecto: P, designated

indirectly by Scott [1979: 477]; duplicates of

lecto: K n.v., NY).

Xanthomyrtus kanalaensis is the sole

representative of the genus in New Caledonia

(Scott 1979).

4. New combinations in Melanesian Gossia

A forthcoming treatment of Gossia in Flore de

la Nouvelle-Caledonie will describe a number

of new taxa. New combinations are provided

here for species previously described in other

genera, primarily Myrtus L. or Austromyrtus

Burret.

Gossia alaternoides (Brongn. & Gris)N. Snow

comb, nov.; Myrtus alaternoides Brongn. &

Gris, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12: 177 (1865);

Austromyrtus alaternoides (Brongn. & Gris)

Burret, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15:

504 (1941). Type: New Caledonia, Montages

de Balade, 1855-1860, E.Vieillard 495 (holo:

P).

Gossia alaternoides (Brongn. & Gris) N. Snow

var. conspicua(Vieill. ex Guillaumin) N. Snow

comb, et stat. nov.; Myrtus conspicua Vieill.

ex Guillaumin, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 85:

631 (1939 [1938]); ? Austromyrtus conspicua

(Vieill. ex Guillaumin) Burret, Notizbl. Bot.

Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15: 505 (1941). Type:

New Caledonia, montagnes de Ouatende,

pres Gatope, s. dot., E.Vieillard2618 (holo: P;

iso: BM, GH, P).

Gossia alaternoides (Brongn. & Gris) N. Snow

var. pulchrifolius (Guillaumin) N.Snow

comb, et stat. nov.; Myrtus pulchrifolius

Guillaumin, Mem. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat., Paris,

ser. B, Bot. 8: 144 (1959), Mem. Mus. Nat.

Hist. Nat., Paris, ser. B, Bot. 8: 289 (1962),

(“pulchrefolius ”). Type: New Caledonia, au

dessus du campement Bernier (Montagne des

Austrobaileya 8(2): 177-186 (2010)

Sources), 3 October 1951, H.Hurlimann 3021

(lecto: P [here designated]; duplicates of lecto:

A, NY, P, US, Z).

The correct spelling is pulchrifolius

(not pulchrefolius) following Art. 60.8,

Rec. 60G. 1(a)(2); (McNeill et al. 2006).

In 1959 Guillaumin cited MacKee 3337.

Since Guillaumin in 1962 also cited his

1959 publication, the former is part of the

protologue and therefore provided a syntype.

The selection of Hurlimann 3021 here is

therefore a lectotypification.

Gossia aphthosa (Brongn. & Gris) N.Snow

comb, nov.; Eugenia aphthosa Brongn. &

Gris, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 13: 469 (1866);

Austromyrtus aphthosa (Brongn. & Gris)

Burret, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15:

504 (1941). Type: New Caledonia, colline de

Wagap s.dat., E.Vieillard2172 (holo: P; iso: A,

B, GH, L [3 sheets]; MEL, P, Z).

Gossia clusioides (Brongn. & Gris) N.Snow

comb, nov.; Eugenia clusioides Brongn. &

Gris, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12: 180 (1865);

Austromyrtus clusioides (Brongn. & Gris)

Burret, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem

15: 503 (1941). Type: New Caledonia s.dat.,

E.Deplanche 525 (holo: P).

This species has a number of distinctive

intraspecific taxa that will be described at a

later time (Snow, ined).

Gossia colnettiana (Guillaumin) N.Snow

comb, nov.; Eugenia colnettiana Guillaumin,

Mem. Mus. Nat. Paris, ser. B, Bot. 8: 292

(1962). Type: New Caledonia, Mt. Colnett, 13

September 1951, H.Hurlimann 1973 (holo: P;

iso: Z).

Gossia diversifolia (Brongn. & Gris)N.Snow

comb, nov.; Eugenia diversifolia Brongn.

& Gris, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12: 180

(1865); Myrtus diversifolia (Brongn. & Gris)

Guillaumin, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 85: 631

(1939 [1938]). Type: New Caledonia, circa

Balade, s.dat., E.Vieillard 476 (lecto: P n.v.

[designated here]).

Myrtus flavida Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 40,

Beibl. 92: 30 (1908) (“flavidus”), syn. nov.

Type: New Caledonia, near Magenta, s.dat.,

A.Le Rat 2003 (holo: P n.v).

Snow & Veldkamp, Notes on Myrtaceae

Type specimens for these names were not

located during a visit to P by the first author in

2003. However, the description and numerous

specimens leave little doubt to the association

of the names with the cited types.

Gossia kuakuense (Baker f.) N.Snow

comb, nov.; Psidium kuakuense Baker f.,

J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 318 (1921). Type: New

Caledonia, Kuakue (= Kouakoue), 13 May

1914, R.Compton 930 (holo: BM).

Psidium floribundum Vieill. ex Guillaumin,

Ann. Mus. Col. Marseille, Ser. II. 9: 150 (1911),

nomen. Vouchers: New Caledonia, Wagap,

s.dat., E.Vieillard 2171 bis (P [presumably,

n.v.]; BISH); s.dat., J.Pancher s.n., n.v.

Eugenia cataractarum Guillaumin, Bull.

Soc. Bot. France 85: 636 (1939 [1938]);

Austromyrtus cataractarum (Guillaumin)

Burret, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15:

503 (1941), syn. nov. Type: New Caledonia,

bord du torrent, Wagap, s.dat., E.Vieillard

2171 (lecto: P [designated here]; duplicates of

lecto: GH, P).

Psidium floribundum Vieill. ex Guillaumin

was named without an accompanying

description. The duplicate voucher at BISH

is from Vieillard’s herbarium and has “bis”

written adjacent to the collection number at

a later time in a different hand, which may

be used to separate it from the lectotype for

Eugenia cataractarum. Before distribution

from Paris another label was affixed to the

isotype with the name E. cataractarum

(published in 1939).

Gossia nigripes (Guillaumin) N.Snow comb,

nov.; Myrtus nigripes Guillaumin, Bull.

Soc. Bot. France 85: 632 (1939 [1938]); ?

Austromyrtus nigripes (Guillaumin) Burret,

Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15: 505

(1941). Type: New Caledonia, Montagnes

situees au sud de Canala, 20 November 1869,

B.Balansa 2085 (holo: P; iso: P).

Gossia pancheri (Brongn. & Gris) N.Snow

comb, nov.; Eugenia pancheri Brongn. &

Gris, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12: 180 (1865);

Austromyrtus pancheri (Brongn. & Gris)

Burret, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15:

503 (1941). Type: New Caledonia, montagnes

de Yate, s.dat., E.Vieillard 508 (lecto: P

[designated here]).

181

Myrtus luteoviridis Baker fi, J. Linn. Soc.

Bot. 45: 312 (1921) (as “ luteo-viridis ”), ?

Austromyrtus luteoviridis (Baker f.) Burret,

Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15: 505

(1941), syn. nov. Type: New Caledonia,

Ngoye Mts to NW, 23 May 1914, R.Compton

1339 (holo: BM n.v. [photo at BISH]).

Eugenia angustibracteoloata Baker fi, Linn.

Soc. Bot. 45: 313 (1921), syn. nov. Type: New

Caledonia, Presqu’ile Bogota, 28 June 1914,

R. Compton 1002 (holo: BM n.v. [photo at

BISH!]).

Gossia vieillardii (Brongn. & Gris) N.Snow

comb, nov.; Eugenia vieillardii Brongn. &

Gris, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 12: 180 (1865);

Austromyrtus vieillardii (Brongn. & Gris)

Burret, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem

15: 503 (1941). Type: New Caledonia,

prope Balade, s,.dat., E.Vieillard 484 (holo:

P [barcode P00463006]). The type was

annotated by the first author in 2004 as a

lectotype, but the label indicating “Arbre;

montagnes de Balade” generally matches the

description in the protologue, so it is better

considered the holotype.

Myrtusprolixa Baker fi, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45:

311 (1921); ? Austromyrtus prolixa (Baker f.)

Burret, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15:

505 (1941), syn. nov. Type: New Caledonia,

s.dat., R.Compton 393 (holo: BM n.v. [photo

at BISH]).

Myrtus aneityensis Guillaumin, J. Arnold

Arbor. 12: 254 (1931); ? Austromyrtus

aneityensis (Guillaumin) Burret, Notizbl. Bot.

Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15: 506 (1941); Gossia

aneityensis (Guillaumin) N.Snow, Novon 15:

478 (2005), syn. nov. Type: Vanuatu (= New

Hebrides), Anelgauhat Bay, 23 February 1929,

S. J.Kajewski 810 (lecto: P [designated by

Snow 2005]; duplicates of lecto: BRI, MEL).

Eugenia heckelii Pancher & Sebert [Not. Bois.

Nouv. Caled. 259 (1874)] may be a synonym

of G. vieillardii but the first author has not

seen a type.

The reduction to synonymy of Gossia

aneityensis under G. vieillardii is significant

biogeographically in that it appears to

represent the only known species of Gossia

from New Caledonia (including several other

182

undescribed species) that is not endemic to the

island. Gossia vieillardii is the most common

member of the genus in New Caledonia and

has a bimodal distribution on the northern part

of Grande Terre and on ultramafic substrates

in the south. In Vanuatu it is common enough

to have the vernacular name of “nivic” (Snow

2005). While some variation exists in relative

levels of indumentum on the hypanthium,

and the base of the mature fruit can vary from

round to distinctly tapered, these differences

have not been deemed consistent enough to

merit recognition of more than one taxon.

Gossia virotii (Guillaumin) N.Snow comb,

nov.; Myrtus virotii Guillaumin, Mem. Mus.

Nat. Hist. Nat., Paris, ser. B, Bot. 4: 33 (1953).

Type: New Caledonia, Vallee de la Riviere

du Mt. Humboldt, environs de la Case Marc,

ancient campement Pages, 13 November 1940,

R.Virot 411 (holo: P; iso: A, NOU, P).

5. New combinations in Syzygium Gaertn.

Syzygium thompsonii (Merr.) N.Snow

comb, nov.; Eugenia thompsonii Merr.,

Philipp. J. Sci. 9, C: 121 (1914). Type:

Guam. Guam Experiment Station 469 (holo:

PNH, lost; lecto: US, selected here [barcode

00118193, viewed digitally; http://collections.

nmnh.si.edu/emuwebbotweb/pages/nmnh/

bot/Query.php. Since all PNH material

from before WWII was destroyed when the

Museum was bombed, selection of a lectotype

to replace the holotype is desirable.

Eugenia trukensis Hosokawa, J. Jap. Bot.

13(4): 63 (1937), syn. nov. Type: Micronesia,

Truk (= Chuuk), Wara Witipen-san, 15

August 1936, T.Hosokawa 8434 (holo: TAI

[illustration seen in Hosakawa 1937: 63]; iso:

BISH [sheet no. 164906 ], L [sheet no. 154985,

photograph 62/19 , barcode 0009475, and 3

with just sheet numbers: 154817, 154709,

154716; the first can be viewed digitally], TAI

[viewed digitally]).

As presently understood, the native range

of Syzygium thompsonii ranges from Chuuk

State (geographical names following Motteler

[2006]) in Micronesia to Guam and the

Northern Mariana Island on Rota and Saipan.

On Guam the species occurs in shaded forests

over limestone (Stone 1970). Data from

Austrobaileya 8(2): 177-186 (2010)

specimen labels suggest the elevation range is

from near sea level to 450 metres ( c . 1500 feet)

on Rota. The species has rounded to cordate

leaf bases, narrowly ovate leaf blades with

somewhat sinuous margins, and prominent

paniculate inflorescences that can be terminal,

axillary, or cauliflorous. The fruits are red

to dark red. Specimens from Guam tend to

have more or less flattened branchlets with

buds 11-13 mm long. In contrast, branchlets

on specimens from Rota and Saipan tend be

slightly 4-angled and have buds (6-)7-8.5

mm long. Further field studies and additional

collections may confirm the need to create

a new taxon for specimens from Rota and

Saipan, perhaps at the infraspecific level.

On Saipan the vernacular name is said to be

“atoto” (Stone 1970), whereas the protologue

indicates the vernacular name is “atian” for

Chuuk.

Syzygium thompsonii is very similar to

S. stelechanthum (Diels) Glassman, based

on gross morphology of the leaf blade and

inflorescence of the latter. The first author has

seen a paratype ( Ledermann 13473, BISH)

and several specimens of S. stelechanthum,

which appear to differ most notably from S.

thompsonii by their longer leaves (up to 42

cm long, e.g. Takamatsu 578, BISH) and the

presence of distinctly 4-angled or winged

internodes. Interestingly, the 4-angled or

winged aspect of the branches becomes more

prominent in age, which is the reverse of

most species in the Myrtaceae that have this

trait, wherein (when present) the youngest

branchlets tend to be 4-angled and become

increasingly terete or flattened with age (e.g.

Snow et al. 2003: 6). Moreover, the wings of

S. stelechanthum become lignified with age,

which also is atypical for Myrtaceae. When

present in S. stelechantum, the wings are

most prominent in younger internodes, are

widest below the nodes, and are often flared

apically.

The known distribution of Syzygium

stelechanthum in Micronesia is Pohnpei

(Pohnpei State [Motteler 2006]) and Kosrae

(Kosrae State [Motteler 2006]). On Pohnpei it

ranges from 30-610 m elevation and is known

locally as “irekinwel” ( Amor 123, BISH) or

“kartenwiel” (< Glassman 2364, BISH). On

Snow & Veldkamp, Notes on Myrtaceae

Kosrae (“Kusaie” of many older specimens)

it occurs in coastal lowland forests or the

margins of wetlands to the summit of Mt

Matanta at c. 630 metres, where it can be

common in dense primary forests {Fosberg

26592 , BISH). The specimens from Kosrae

have the largest leaves on average and the most

prominently 4-angled-winged branches (e.g.

Takamatsu 578, Stemmermann 2635, St. John

21450 [all at BISH]). A specimen at L {Stone

5398 ) from Ponape, summit of Mt Seletenreh,

U Distr., 610 m alt., was identified by Stone

himself. The young, terete branchlets are not

at odds with our concept of S. thompsonii.

Syzygium melastomatifolium (Blume)

Veldk. comb, nov.; Jambosa melastomatifolia

Blume, Mus. Bot. 1: 102 (1859) (as

“ melastomaefolium ”); Arbor rubra secunda

Rumph., Herb. Amboin. 3: 76 (1743), nom.

inval; Eugenia melastomatifolia (Blume)

Merr., Bur. Sci. Publ. 9: 398 (1917) (as

“melastomifolia ”). Type: Ambon, Zippelius

s.n. (holo: L [presumably, but not found]).

Neotype: Robinson, PI. Rumph. Herb.

Amboin. 198 (US [here designated]; iso: A,

BM, BO, F, K, L, MO, NSW, NY).

The epithet has been spelled as

“ melastomaefolia, -urn”, but the correct

orthography is “ melastomat-i-folium ”

(compare Melastomat-a-ceae), see Rec.

60G. 1(a)(1); (McNeill et al. 2006).

Syzygium bifarium (Wall.) Veldk. comb,

nov.; Eugenia bifaria Wall., PI. Asiat. Rar. 2:

47, t. 161 (1831); Jambosa bifaria Miq., FI. Ind.

Bat. 1,1: 422 (1855). Type: Himalaya, Wallich

Cat. 3605 (holo: K; IDC microfiche 7394).

Miquel (1855: 422) equated this with Jambosa

melastomatifolia Blume (1849), but we agree

with Merrill (1917) that two distinct species

are involved here, one from the Himalaya, the

other from Ambon.

6. An expanded description of

Rhodomyrtus kaweaensis N.Snow

Rhodomyrtus kaweaensis N.Snow was first

described based on a single gathering (Snow

2006). A second collection bearing fruit has

been identified by the first author, which

was distributed from LAE as Timonius

sp. (Rubiaceae). Its discovery permits the

183

following expanded description of this

species.

Trees to 5 metres tall with few branches.

Fruits globose, 8.5-11 mm long x 6.5-9 mm

wide (dried), silvery green (incompletely

mature), moderately to densely appressed

sericeous-tomentose, base rounded;

bracteoles mostly persistent in fruit; calyx

lobes persisting or not. Embryos C-shaped,

the distal end of the hypocotyl somewhat

swollen; cotyledons narrow, thin, reflexed

against the hypocotyl (similar to, but more C-

shaped than Fig. lc in Landrum & Stevenson

[1986]).

Additional specimen examined : Papua New Guinea.

Morobe District: Mt Kawea, Buso, Apr 1972, Streimann

& Foreman NGF 24432 (BISH, L; other duplicates

reportedly at A, BO, BRI, CANB, K, LAE, NSW, PNH,

SING).

The species is now known from an elevation

range of 600-800 metres on Mt Kawea. Label

data from the specimen cited above reports the

plant as being a few-branched tree. As with

the type specimen (Snow 2006), the leaves of

this specimen are restricted to the distal 10 cm

or less of the branches, which gives the living

crown of the species an open appearance. The

habitat on the present specimen is said to be

stunted lowland forest on an exposed ridge

over ultrabasic rocks. Mt Kawea is a part

of the Bowutu Terrain, whose rocks are of

oceanic origin from approximately the middle

Cretaceous to the Eocene, and which comprise

in part the East Papua composite terrane

(Pigram & Davies 1987). The Bowutu Terrain

comprises part of the Papuan ultrabasic belt

(Takeuchi 2003). Unlike New Caledonia,

where ultrabasic rocks are abundant and

their influence on vegetation has been well

studied, less attention has been directed at the

distribution of plants over ultrabasic substrates

in New Guinea (Takeuchi 2003).

Although the embryos of the specimen

appear to be fully developed (or nearly so), the

seed coats, which in Rhodomyrtus are usually

sclerotic (Snow et al. 2008), have not begun

to harden and are barely recognizable as

such. If this specimen is representative, then

the hardening of the seed coats may occur

relatively late during the ontogeny of the fruit.

The embryos appear to be stacked vertically

184

in neat rows in the locules, which is typical

for many but not all species of Rhodomyrtus

(Snow et al. 2008, in press), although it is

uncertain yet whether the fruits develop

membranous partitions between the seeds.

Thus, for the tabular summary of putatively

important vegetative and reproductive

characters of Rhodomyrtus provided by Snow

et al. (2008: 692), the only additions that can

be made for R. kaweaensis at the present time

are that the seeds are stacked and that the

embryos are C-shaped.

Fruiting is only confirmed for April, but

it is likely that fruits can persist from early

to mid-August through April or early May,

given the flowering date on the type specimen

in July (Snow 2006). (Note: Table 1 in Snow

[2006] should read Gossia longipetiolata

N.Snow, not Rhodomyrtus longipetiolata.

Also, the icons for Rhodomyrtus kaweaensis

and R. mengenensis N.Snow in Map 1 were

reversed, and Figures 5 and 6 are images of an

isotype of R. mengenensis at BISH, not of the

holotype [Snow 2006]).

7. On the identities of Rhodomyrtus

montana and R. misimana in New Guinea

Snow et al. (2008) described Rhodomyus

misimana N.Snow and differentiated it from

R. montana Guymer based on the much

sparser indumentum on the abaxial laminar

surface of the former, slight differences in

adaxial laminar sheen (somewhat glossy in

R. montana ), the widely disjunct distributions

of the species, and differences in elevation.

A collection from the east branch of the

Avi Avi River near Lakekamu, Gulf Province,

PapuaNew Guinea ( Takeuchi & Kulang 11,390

[NY]) on loan to the first author has an abaxial

leaf surface indumentum intermediate in

density between R. misimana and R. montana ,

which suggests the newer name may need to be

merged under R. montana or reduced in rank.

The Avi Avi collection is from c. 135 m along

a low ridge in a Clusiaceae dominated foothill

forest. As presently known, R. montana

is known only from the Arfak and Netotti

ranges in the Vogelkop Peninsula of Papua

Province, Indonesia, whereas R. misimana

is known only from the type collection on

Misima Island of Papua New Guinea. The

Austrobaileya 8(2): 177-186 (2010)

Lakekamu collection is c. 760 km northwest of

Misima Island in the foothills on the western

fall of the Owen Stanley Range, and c. 1550

km southeast of the Arfak Range. Additional

collections are needed to better assess the

taxonomic variation among these taxa and

specimens. However, because at least 65 base

pair differences exist (Snow et al. in press)

between their aligned nuclear ribosomal ITS

sequences (ITS-1,-2, and spacer), based on the

single specimen sequenced for each species,

no changes in the taxonomy of R. misimana

and R. montana are proposed at the present

time.

Acknowledgements

We extend thanks to curators at A, BM, GH,

MEL, NOU, NY, P, US, and Z for sending

specimens on loan to the first author. Kanchi

Gandhi and Anthony Brach (GH) provided

information and discussions to help confirm

some of the taxonomic changes presented

here. David Lorence (PTBG) and Warren

Wagner (US) were first aware of the needed

new combination for Syzygium thompsonii

and supported its publication here. We also

thank Fred Barrie (MO), Jeremy Bruhl (NE,

formerly ABLO at K), Hajo Esser (M), Rob

Huxley (BM), Laura Jennings (K), Les

Landrum (ASU), Carolyn Proen?a (UB), Wuu

Kuang Soh (TCD) and Peter Wilson (NSW)

for either checking material or providing

discussion. In particular we thank Bram van

de Beek (Amsterdam) for help translating

Swartz’s diagnosis of Psidium guineense

and Ricardo Baldini (FT) for checking the

Raddi publication. This article represents

Contribution no. 2010-011 to the Pacific

Biological Survey.

References

Baker, EG. (1921). Dicotyledons. Polypetalae. In

A.B.Rendle, E.G.Baker & S.L.M.Moore, A

systematic account of the plants collected in

New Caledonia and the Isle of Pines by Prof.

R.H. Compton, M.A., in 1914. Journal of the

Linnean Society, Botany 45: 311-318.

Blume, C.L. (1849). Museum botanicum Lugduno-

Batavum, sive stirpum exoticarum novarum

vel minus cognitarum ex vivis aut siccis

brevis exposito et descriptio. Tom. 1. E.J.Brill:

Leiden.

185

Snow & Veldkamp, Notes on Myrtaceae

Britton, N.L. & Wilson, P. (1925). Scientific survey of

Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands 6, 1: 26, 255.

New York Academy of Sciences: New York.

Brongniart, A. & Gris, A. (1865). Observations sur les

Myrtacees de la Nouvelle-Caledonie, et sur

le nouveaux genre Piliocalyx. Bulletin de la

Societe Botanique de France 12: 177-180.

- (1866). Supplement aux Myrtacees de la

Nouvelle-Caledonie (1). Bulletin de la Societe

Botanique de France 13: 468-473.

Burret, M. (1941). Myrtaceen-Studien. Notizblatt

Botanische Gartens Berlin-Dahlem 15: 503-

506.

Burkill, H.M. (1997). The useful plants of West tropical

Africa 2: 252. Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew.

Fosberg, F.R. (1962). Miscellaneous notes on Hawaiian

plants - 3. Occasional Papers of the Bernice P.

Bishop Museum of Polynesian Ethnology and

Natural History 23: 29-44.

Govaerts, R., Sobral, M., Ashton, P, Barrie, F., Holst,

B.K., Landrum, L.R., Matsumoto, K., Mazine,

F.F., Nic Lughadha, E., Proenoa, C., Soares-

Silva, H„ Wilson, PG. & Lucas, E. (2008).

World checklist of Myrtaceae. Royal Botanic

Gardens: Kew.

Green, PS. (1994). Myrtaceae. In A.J.G.Wilson (ed.).

Flora of Australia , Oceanic Islands 7, 49: 216.

Australian Government Publishing Service:

Canberra.

Guillaumin, A. (1911). Catalogue des plantes

phanerogames^ de la Nouvelle-Caledonie et

dependences (lies des Pins et Loyalty). Annales

de I’lnstitut Botanico-Geologique Colonial de

Marseille, Ser. II, 9. 79-290.

- (1931). Contribution to the flora of the New

Hebrides. Plants collected by S.F.Kajewski in

1928 and 1929. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

12: 220-264.

_ (1934). Materiaux pour la flore de la Nouvelle-

Caledonie. XXXIV. Revision des Myrtacees

a fruit sec suivie de quelques notes sur les

Myrtacees a fruit charnu. Bulletin de la Societe

Botanique de France 81: 3-17.

- (1939; as 1938). Materiaux pour la flore de

la Nouvelle-Caledonie. LIII. Revision des

Myrtacees a fruit charnu precedee de quelques

notes supplemental s sur les Myrtacees a fruit

sec. Bulletin de la Societe Botanique de France

85: 626-653.

- (1953). Contributions a la flore de la Nouvelle

CaledonieCII.-Plantes recoltees par M.R.Virot.

Memoires de Museum National d’Histoire

Naturele, Paris. Serie B. Botanique 4: 1-83.

_ (1959). Contributions a la flore de la Nouvelle

Caledonie. CXVI. Plantes recueillies par

MacKee (suite). Memoires de Museum National

d ’Histoire Naturele, Paris. Serie B. Botanique

8: 121-192.

- (1962). Resultats scientifiques de la Mission

Franco-Suisse de botanique en Nouvelle-

Caledonie (1950-1952) II. Memoires de

Museum National d‘Histoire Naturele, Paris.

Serie B. Botanique 8: 193-330.

Hochreutiner, B.P.G. (1910). Critical notes on new or

little known species in the herbarium of the

New York Botanical Garden. Bulletin of the

New York Botanical Garden 6: 262-299.

Jie, C. & Craven, L.A. (2007). Myrtaceae. In Z.Y.Wu,

P.H.Raven & D.Y.Hong (eds.). Flora of China

13: Clusiaceae through Araliaceae, p. 332.

Science Press: Beijing, & Missouri Botanical

Garden: St. Louis.

Kuntze, O. (1891). Revisio Generum Plantarum 1: 239.

A.Felix: Leipzig.

Landrum, L.R. (2009). Psidium L. In G.Davidse,

S.M. Sousa, S. Knapp & F.Chiang (eds.).

Flora Mesoamericana, Cucurbitaceae a

Polemoniaceae: 144-147. Universidad Nacional

Autonoma de Mexico: Mexico.

Landrum, L.R. & Stevenson, D. (1986). Variability of

embryos in subtribe Myrtinae (Myrtaceae).

Systematic Botany 11: 155-162.

Lindley, J. (1824). Bot. Reg. 10: “notes” at the end of the

volume, (see also IDC microfiche).

Mattos, J.R. (1981). Novidades taxonomicas em plantas

do Brasil. Lofegrenia 1C. 1-3.

_ (2007). Novidades taxonomicas em Myrtaceae

- XXII. Lofegrenia 124: 1-6.

McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Demoulin,

V., Hawksworth, D.L., Marhold, K.,

Nicolson, D.H., Pardo, J., Silva, PC., Scog,

J.E., Wiersema, J.H. & Turland, N.J. (2006).

International code of botanical nomenclature

(Vienna Code). A.R.G.Ganter Verlag: Ruggell

(Liechtenstein).

Merrill, E.D. (1917). An interpretation of Rumphius’s

Herbarium amboinense. Publication no.

9. Department of Agriculture & Natural

Resources, Bureau of Science: Manila.

Merrill, E.D. & Perry, L.M. (1938). The Myrtaceae

of China. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 19:

191-247.

Miquel, F. A.W. (1855). Flora van Nederlandsch Indie 1,

1: 422. C.G.Van derPost: Amsterdam.

Motteler, L.S. (2006). Pacific Island Names: A map

and name Guide to the New Pacific. 2 nd edition.

Bishop Museum Press: Honolulu.

186

Pigram, C.J., & Davies, H.L. (1987). Terranes and the

accretion history of the New Guinea orogen.

BMR Journal of Australian Geology and

Geophysics 10: 193-211.

Raddi, G. (1821). Di alcune especie di Pero indiano

memoria: 1, t. 1, reprinted in Opuscoli

Scientifici. Bologna 4: 254, t. 7. ( n.v.).

Schlechter, R. (1908). Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Flora

von Neu-Kaledonien. Botaniches Jahrbiicher

fur Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und

Pflanzengeographie 40, Beiheft 92: 28-45.

Schroeder, C.A. (1946). Priority of the species Psidium

cattleianum Sabine. Journal of the Arnold

Arboretum 27: 314-315.

Scott, A.J. (1979). A revision of Xanthomyrtus

(Myrtaceae). Kew Bulletin 33: 461-484.

Snow, N. (2005). Five new combinations in Gossia

(Myrtaceae) from Melanesia. Novon 15: 478.

_ (2006). New species of Gossia N.Snow &

Guymer and Rhodomyrtus (DC.) Hassk.

(Myrtaceae) from Papua New Guinea.

Austrobaileya 7: 325-340.

Snow, N., McFadden, J. & Atwood, J.P (2008). Three

new species of Rhodomyrtus (DC.) Rchb.

(Myrtaceae) from Papua New Guinea.

Austrobaileya 7: 691-706.

Snow, N., Guymer, G.P & Sawvel, G. (2003). Systematics

of Austromyrtus, Lenwebbia , and the Australian

species of Gossia (Myrtaceae). Systematic

Botany Monographs 65: 1-95.

Snow, N., McFadden, J., Evans, T.M., Salywon, A.,

Wojciechowski, M.F. & Wilson, P.G. (in

press). Morphological and molecular evidence

of polyphyly in Rhodomyrtus (Myrtaceae:

Myrteae). Systematic Botany 36.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 177-186 (2010)

Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1983). Taxonomic

literature, ed. 2, 4: 538. Regnum Vegetabile

110 .

Stone, B.J. (1970). The flora of Guam. A manual for

the identification of the vascular plants of the

island. Micronesica 6: 1-659.

Takeuchi, W. (2003). A community-level floristic

reconnaissance of the Raja Amapt Islands in

New Guinea. Sida 20: 1093-1138.

Tassin, J., RivIere, J.-N., Cazanove, M. & Bruzzese,

E. (2006). Ranking of invasive woody plant

species for management on Reunion Island.

Weed Research 46: 388-403.

Tirel, C. & Veillon, J.-M. (2002). Pittosporaceae. Flore

de la Nouvelle-Caledonie , Vol. 24. Museum

Nationale d’Histoire Naturelle: Paris.

Wagner, W.L., Herbst, D.R. & Sohmer, S.H. (1999).

Manual of the flowering plants of Hawai 7. 2 nd

edition. University of Hawaii Press & Bishop

Museum Press: Honolulu.

Weber, E. (2003). Invasive plant species of the world: a

reference guide to environmental weeds. CABI

Publishing: Cambridge (Massachusetts).

Weinmann, J.A. (1828). Observationes botanicae ex

horto imperiali pawloswkiensi. In C.F.Hornsch,

Sylloge Plantarum Novarum Itemque Minus

Cognitarum a Praestantissimis Botanicis

adhuc Viventibus Collecta et a Societate Regia

BotanicaRatisbonensiEdita. 2:166. Ratisbonae

[Regensburg],

Wikispecies. (2010). Psidium cattlieanum. http://species.

wikimedia.org/wiki/Psidium_cattleianum_

var_cattleianum [Accessed: 18 Oct 2010]

New taxa, nomenclatural changes and notes on Australian

grasses in the tribe Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae)

Bryan K. Simon

Summary

Simon, B.K. (2010). New taxa, nomenclatural changes and notes on Australian grasses in the tribe

Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae). Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-219. Arthragrostis brassiana B.K.Simon,

Digitaria basaltica B.K. Simon, Digitaria cowiei B.K. Simon, Digitaria dolleryiB.K. Simon, Digitaria

sharpeana B.K.Simon, Digitaria veldkampiana B.K.Simon, Entolasia minutifolia B.K.Simon,

Isachne sharpii B.K.Simon, Paspalidium johnsonii B.K.Simon and Pseudoraphisjagonis B.K.Simon

are diagnosed as new species. Pseudoraphis minuta var. laevis B.K. Simon and Arthragrostis

brassiana var. minutiflora B.K. Simon are diagnosed as new varieties. New combinations and changes

of status are provided for Cenchrus brevisetosus (B.K.Simon) B.K. Simon, Oplismenus mollis

(Domin) Clifford & Evans ex B.K.Simon, Setaria pumila subsp. subtesselata (Buse) B.K.Simon,

Urochloa occidentals (C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb.) B.K.Simon, Urochloa occidentals var. ciliata

(C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb.) B.K.Simon and Urochloagilesii var. nothochthona (Domin) B.K.Simon.

All Pennisetum species have recently been placed in synonymy with Cenchrus and the name changes

that apply to taxa occurring in Australia are listed. Cenchrus spinifex Cav. is the correct name for

what has been called C. incertus M.A.Curtis. Two more species of Cyrtococcum , C. patens (L.)

A. Camus and C. accrescens (Trin.) Stapf are reported as occurring in Australia. Two species of

Digitaria Hall., D. diminuta Hughes and D. fumida S.T.Blake, are removed from the synonymy of

D. breviglumis (Domin) Henrard; the latter species has been recircumscribed to include a species

previously known under the phrase name Digitaria sp. (Mt Mulligan J.R.Clarkson 5821). Keys and

descriptions are given to the species D. breviglumis, D. diminuta, D. fumida and D. orbata Hughes.

Isachne minutula (Gaudich.) Kunth is the correct name of a species previously referred to in Australia

as 1. pulchella auct. non Roth. The genus Plagiosetum Benth. is resurrected from synonymy with

Paractaenum P.Beauv. Brachiaria occidentals var. ciliaris C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb., Oplismenus

undulatifolius var. mode Domin and Pseudoraphis minuta (Mez) Pilger are lectotypitied.

Key Words: Poaceae, Paniceae, Arthragrostis, Arthragrostis brassiana, Arthragrostis brassiana

var. minutiflora, Cenchrus, Cenchrus brevisetosus, Cenchrus spinifex, Cyrtococcum, Cyrtococcum

accrescens, Cyrtococcum patens, Digitaria, Digitaria basaltica, Digitaria breviglumis, Digitaria

cowiei, Digitaria diminuta, Digitaria dolleryi, Digitaria fumida, Digitaria orbata, Digitaria

sharpeana, Digitaria veldkampiana, Entolasia, Entolasia minutifolia, Isachne, Isachne minutula,

Isachne sharpii, Oplismenus, Oplismenus mollis, Paspalidium, Paspalidium johnsonii, Plagiosetum,

Pseudoraphis, Pseudoraphis jagonis, Pseudoraphis minuta, Urochloa, Urochloa occidentalis,

Urochloa occidentalis var. ciliaris, Urochloa gilesii, Urochloa gilesii var. nothochthona, Australia

flora. Northern Territory flora, Queensland flora. Western Australia flora, taxonomy, nomenclature,

new species, new variety, identification keys

B. K. Simon, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment & Resource Management, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: bryan.simon@

derm.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The grass tribe Paniceae R.Br. in Australia

has been studied by several authors for the

past 25 years, in preparation for an account

for the Flora of Australia ( FOA ). The first

publication of the tribe from this project was

prepared in a relatively short period of time

from a DELTA database (Dallwitz 1980;

Webster 1987). This work was enhanced to

some degree for the FOA by Caroline Weiller

(R.S.B.S, Australian National University) but

the editors were of the opinion at the time that

this treatment required further enhancement

before publication. I have been revising the

accounts submitted by Webster and Weiller in

the intervening time by a constant modification

of their DELTA character sets; this has resulted

in the necessity to describe a number of new

taxa, make some new combinations and re¬

examine the circumscription of some taxa.

Accepted for publication 22 October 2010

188

Materials and methods

The data and descriptions presented in this

paper are based mainly on specimens from

BRI, although many of these are duplicated

in other Australian and overseas herbaria as

indicated in the text. In cases where specimens

are based on loaned material from other

herbaria this is indicated and where these are

types there is a photo in BRI. The data for the

distribution maps has been extracted from the

Queensland Herbarium database HERBRECS

and only represents BRI material.

Common abbreviations in the specimen

citations are N.R (National Park) and S.F.

(State Forest).

Taxonomy

1. New taxa of Arthragrostis Lazarides

The genus Arthragrostis Lazarides,

characterised by spikelets with

disarticulations at the base of the spikelets,

secondary branches and primary branches,

was originally described on the basis of one

species (Lazarides 1985). Since then two more

species were described (Simon 1986, 1992)

and the presence of a fourth species, with two

varieties, became apparent when herbarium

specimens identified as A. deschampsioides

(Domin) Lazarides were examined in greater

detail.

Arthragrostis brassiana B.K. Simon, species

nova A. deschampsioidi (Domin) Lazarides

similis sed glumis circa aequilongis differt.

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Crest of

Western Scarp of Great Dividing Range, 12

miles [19 km] E of The Lynd, 11 July 1954,

S T.Blake 19478 ( holo: BRI; iso: AD, CANB,

DNA, K, L, MO, PERTH, PRE).

Flowering culms 30-70 cm tall, 3-5-noded.

Ligule 0.5-0.7 mm long. Leaf blades flat,

3-9 cm long, 2-4 mm wide. Inflorescence

8-35 cm long. Primary branches 3-10 cm

long. Pedicels distinctly angled. Spikelets

5-10 on a typical lowermost primary branch,

lanceolate to ovate, 2-5.2 mm long, 0.6-1.5

mm wide. Glumes ± equal in length, glabrous;

lower glume ovate to lanceolate, 3-5-nerved;

upper glume lanceolate, 5-7-nerved, acute,

muticous. Lower floret sterile; lemma with

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

apex acute; palea vestigial. Upper floret:

lemma yellow or brown, apically rounded,

muticous; palea cartilaginous.

Notes : This species differs from

A. deschampsioides by the glumes being more

or less equal in length as opposed to being

distinctly unequal. The known distributions

of both species are presented in Map 1.

Two varieties are here recognised and

distinguished by spikelet size, 3.8-5.2 mm

long in var. brassiana and 2-3.5 mm long in

var. minutiflora. The varieties appear to be at

least partially sympatric based on the available

collection records.

Etymology : Named for Leonard J. Brass

(1900-1971), Australian botanist who

collected widely in north Queensland, New

Guinea and tropical Africa and who collected

most of the material of the species and the

type specimen of the new variety.

Arthragrostis brassiana var. brassiana

Inflorescence 16-30 cm long. Spikelets 3.8-

5.2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Lower glume

3-3.2 mm long, lanceolate, 5-nerved. Upper

glume 3.4-37 mm long, lanceolate, 7-nerved.

Lower floret; lemma 3.8-5.2 mm long,

chartaceous; palea vestigial ( c. 0.5 mm long),

with a rounded apex. Upper floret: lemma

1.5-2 mm long, decidedly firmer than glumes,

coriaceous, smooth, oblong.

Additional specimens examined'. Queensland. Cook

District: Newcastle Bay, 2.5 miles [4 km] S of Somerset,

May 1948, Brass 18712 (A, BRI); Lockerbie, 10 miles

[16 km] W of Somerset, Apr 1948, Brass 18495 (A,

BRI); Jardine River, May 1948, Brass 18875 (A, BRI);

Shipton’s Flat, Sep 1948, Brass 20166 (A, BRI). Burke

District: Esmeralda Station, Richmond-Croydon Road,

Mar 2003, Kahler TH7828 & Appelman (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Northern

Queensland, mainly on Cape York peninsula

with one record from the Burke District (Map

1). It occurs in coastal sand dunes and open

woodland.

Phenology : Flowering May, July, September.

Arthragrostis brassiana var. minutiflora

B. K.Simon, varietas nova A. brassiana

var. brassiana sed spiculis minoribus

differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

Simon, New Paniceae

189

Lockerbie, 10 miles [16 km] W of Somerset,

4 May 1948, L.J.Brass 18637 (holo: BRI; iso:

A).

Inflorescence 20-35 cm long. Spikelets 2-3

mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide. Lower glume

2.1-2.4 mm long, lanceolate, 3-nerved.

Upper glume c. 2 mm long, lanceolate, 5-

nerved. Lower floret; lemma c. 2 mm long.

Palea vestigial ( c. 0.3 mm long). Upper floret:

lemma 1.3-1.4 mm long, decidedly firmer

than glumes, coriaceous, smooth, oblong.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Portland Roads, Jun 1942, Brass 19007 (A,

BRI); Lockerbie, 10 miles [16 km] W of Somerset, Apr

1948, Brass 18430 (A, BRI).

Distribution and habitat : This variety is

restricted to northern Cape York peninsula in

open forest and rainforest margins (Map 1).

Phenology : Flowering April to June.

Map 1. Distribution in northern Queensland of Arthragrostis deschampsioides ■, A. brassiana var. brassiana A and

A. brassiana var. minutiflora O

190

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Key to species and varieties of Arthragrostis in Australia

1 Upper glume and lower lemma drawn out to an arista 2 mm or more long

.A. aristispicula

1. Upper glume and lower lemma acute, acuminate or with an apical cusp to

0.3 mm long.2

2

2 .

3

3.

4

4.

Glumes with tubercle-based cilia.A. clarksoniana

Glumes glabrous.3

Glumes distinctly unequal.A. deschampsioides

Glumes ± equal.4

Spikelets 3.8-5.2 mm long.A. brassiana var. brassiana

Spikelets 2-3.5 mm long.A. brassiana var. minutiflora

2. Cenchrus L. in Australia

The phylogeny of the bristle clade of the

panicoid grasses has been researched for

about ten years by a number of authors, leading

to the amalgamation of the genera Cenchrus

L. and Pennisetum Rich. (Chemisquy et al.

2010). This is relevant for all Australian taxa

formerly placed in Pennisetum , although

some other species had prior names under

Cenchrus. This included the buffel grasses

that had only recently been transferred to

Pennisetum based solely on morphological

spikelet characters (Wipff 2001).

The name changes of Chemisquy et al.

(2010) that apply to Australia, along with

others not mentioned by them, are summarised

in Table 1. Details of basionyms and types

for these name changes can be obtained from

their paper.

Map 2. Distribution in northern Australia of Cenchrus elymoides V and C. brevisetosus A

Simon, New Paniceae

191

Table 1. Name transfers for Cenchrus taxa occurring in Australia

Previous Name

Currently Accepted Name

Pennisetum advena Wipff & Veldkamp,

Sida 18(4): 1033, f. 1 (1999).

Cenchrus advena (Wipff & Veldkamp)

Morrone, Ann. Bot. 106: 127 (2010).

Pennisetum alopecuroides (L.) Spreng., Syst.

Veg. 1: 303 (1824).

Cenchrus purpurascens Thunb., Trans.

Linn. Soc. London 2: 329 (1794).

Pennisetum basedowii Summerh. &

C.E.Hubb., Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1926:

440 (1926).

Cenchrus basedowii (Summerh. &

C.E.Hubb.) Morrone, Ann. Bot. 106: 127

(2010).

Pennisetum ciliare (L.) Link, Hort. Berol. 1:

213 (1827).

Cenchrus ciliaris L., Mant. PI. 302 (1771).

Pennisetum clandestinum Hochst. ex Chiov.,

Annuario Reale 1st. Bot. Roma 8: 41 (1903).

Cenchrus clandestinus (Hochst. ex Chiov.)

Morrone, Ann. Bot. 106: 127 (2010).

Pennisetum elymoides (F.Muell.)

C.A.Gardner, FI. W. Australia 277 (1952).

Cenchrus elymoides F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 107

(1873).

Pennisetum glaucum (L.) R.Br., Prodr. 195

(1810).

Cenchrus americanus (L.) Morrone, Ann.

Bot. 106: 127 (2010).

Pennisetum macrourum Trin., Gram. Panic.

64 (1826).

Cenchrus macrourus (Trin.) Morrone, Ann.

Bot. 106: 128 (2010).

Pennisetumpedicellatum Trin., Mem. Acad.

Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg Hist. VI, Sci. Math.

3: 184 (1834).

Cenchrus pedicellatus (Trin.) Morrone, Ann.

Bot. 106: 128 (2010).

Pennisetum pedicellatum subsp. unispiculum

Brunken, J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 79: 62 (1979).

Cenchrus pedicellatus subsp. unispiculus

(Brunken) Morrone, Ann. Bot. 106: 128

(2010).

Pennisetum pennisetiforme (Hochst. ex

Steud.) Wipff, Sida 19: 527 (2001).

Cenchruspennisetiformis Hochst. ex Steud.,

Syn. PI. Glumac. 1: 109 (1854).

Pennisetum polystachion (L.) Schultes,

Mant. 2: 146 (1824).

Cenchruspolystachios (L.) Morrone, Ann.

Bot. 106: 129 (2010).

Pennisetum purpureum Schumach., Beskr.

Guin. PI. 44 (1827).

Cenchrus purpureus (Schumach.) Morrone,

Ann. Bot. 106: 129 (2010).

Pennisetum setaceum (Forssk.) Chiov., Bull.

Soc. Bot. Ital. 1923: 113 (1923).

Cenchrus setaceus (Forssk.) Morrone, Ann.

Bot. 106: 129 (2010).

Pennisetum setigerum (Vahl) Wipff, Sida 19

(3): 527-527 (2001).

Cenchrus setigerus Vahl, Enum. PI. 2: 395

(1805).

Pennisetum thunbergii Kunth, Revis.

Gramin. 1: 50 (1829).

Cenchrus thunbergii (Kunth) Morrone, Ann.

Bot. 106: 129 (2010).

Pennisetum villosum R.Br. ex Fresen., Mus.

Senckenberg. 2: 134 (1837).

Cenchrus longisetus M.C. Johnst., Sida 1(3):

182 (1963).

192

One Australian taxon not included in the above

table is Cenchrus elymoides var. brevisetosns

B.K.Simon. This taxon is elevated to species

rank as there appears to be a correlation

to some degree, when looking at the two

infra-specific taxa of Cenchrus elymoides,

between geographical distribution and the

morphological characters of the spikelets.

Cenchrus brevisetosus (B.K. Simon)

B. K.Simon stat. nov.; Cenchrus elymoides

var. brevisetosus B.K. Simon, Austrobaileya 2:

21 (1984). Type: Queensland. Cook District:

Cape York, s.dat ., E.Daemel s.n. (holo: MEL

[photo BRI]).

Notes: Cenchrus brevisetosus differs from

C. elymoides in that the outer involucral

bristles are very short, with one involucral

bristle extended apically beyond the burr.

In C. elymoides the involucral bristles are

as long as, or extend beyond the spikelets,

with one involucral spine at least three times

longer than others. C. brevisetosus and

C. elymoides differ to some degree in their

geographical distribution. BRI material shows

that in Queensland the former species is only

represented in the Torres Strait, whereas

there are only two Queensland records in

BRI of C. elymoides - both from Castle Hill,

Townsville. This locality is so remote from the

others in the Northern Territory and Western

Australia that it is difficult to rationalise, but

the odd distribution may be due to under

collecting in the intervening zone. Both

species are present in the Northern Territory

and Western Australia with a tendency for

C. brevisetus to be closer to the coast and

C. elymoides more inland, but there are

exceptions (Map 2).

Cenchrus spinifex Cav.

Cenchrus spinifex Cav. [Icon. 5: 38, t. 461

(1799)] is the correct name for what has been

called C. incertus M.A.Curtis [Boston J.

Nat. Hist. 1: 135 (1837)]. There has been a

hesitancy to use the name of Cavanilles before

now because of the uncertainty of the type

material. When DeLilse (1963) undertook his

revision of the genus he only saw a reputed

isotype of C. spinifex from the Chicago

Natural History Museum, but was not certain

of the correctness of the isotype label at that

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

time. The holotype specimen is now available

for examination at the MA website; a careful

scrutiny reveals it to be the type collected by

Nee and that it is an earlier nomenclatural

synonym of C. incertus. This synonymy has

already been used in recent literature (Stieber

& Wipff 2003).

3. Cyrtococcum Stapf in Australia

Until 1992 the only species of Cyrtococcum

reported as occurring in Australia was

C. oxyphyllum (Steudel) Stapf, but in that

year an endemic species, C. capitis-york

B. K. Simon (Map 3), was described from north

Queensland (Simon 1992). This species has

been regarded by some authors (Veldkamp,

Flora Malesiana ms) as synonymous with

C. patens (L.) A.Camus. If this name is used

for the Cape York Peninsula material then the

name should also apply to the Indian species

C. deccanense Bor, with which C. capitis-

york was compared when originally

described. The tubercle-based hairs, smaller

and tighter inflorescence and narrower leaf

blades are all morphological characters that

separate C. capitis-york from C. patens ; the

latter species is quite widespread in New

Guinea (Map 3). To complicate matters an

authentic Australian specimen of C. patens

has been collected from near Tully ( Jago 5159

& Wannan (BRI)) in 1999 (Map 3). Although

not having as large an inflorescence as Asian

material of this species, the specimen appears

closer to C. patens than it does to C. capitis-

york.

A fourth Australian species of

Cyrtococcum collected in the last eight years

is C. accrescens (Trin.) Stapf. It differs from

C. patens by having smaller spikelets (1.35-1.5

mm compared to 1.5-1.8 mm) and a large more

effuse panicle (20-50 x 6-30 cm compared

to 3-18 x 0.8-3 cm). The two specimens in

BRI both come from rainforest habitats of the

Tully Region, north Queensland ( Gray 8117

from Bulbin Creek, 29 Apr 2002 (BRI, CNS)

and Ford AF5378 & Jones from Tully River

Island, 3 Sep 2008 (BRI, NSW)). Outside

Australia its geographic range extends in

Asia as far as southern China and to tropical

regions in the Pacific (Map 3).

Simon, New Paniceae

193

Map 3. Distribution in Australia and New Guinea of Cyrtococcum capitis-york ▲, C. accrescens T and C. patens O

Key to species of Cyrtococcum in Australia

1 Spikelets usually 1.35-1.5 mm long. Panicle usually effuse and open,

20-50 x 6-30 cm.C. accrescens

1. Spikelets longer than 1.5 mm long. Panicle open to contracted, 3-18 x

0.8-3 cm.2

2 Spikelets with tubercle-based hairs.C. capitis-york

2. Spikelets glabrous .3

3 Inflorescence contracted; upper glume as long as the spikelet,

3-nerved.C. oxyphyllum

3. Inflorescence open; upper glume shorter than the spikelet,

5-nerved.C. patens

194

4. New species and reinstatements of

species in Digitaria Hall.

Further study of this genus subsequent to

Webster (1983) has revealed five new species

based upon examination of herbarium

material.

Digitaria basaltica B.K. Simon, species nova

D. benthamianae Henrard similis sed spiculis

hirsutioribus, gluma inferiore longiore et

lemmate inferiore 7-nervi differt. Typus:

Queensland: North Kennedy District: Great

Basalt Wall, 5 April 1995, R.J.Fensham 2183

(holo: BRI; iso: CANB, K).

Digitaria sp. (Great Basalt Wall R.J.Fensham

2183) (ined)

Perennial, rhizomatous. Flowering culms

caespitose, 70-90 cm tall, 3-5-noded.

Leaves: sheaths hairy; ligule 1.9-2.3 mm

long; blades flat, 9-30 cm long, 3-5 mm wide,

velvety hairy, scabrous. Inflorescence 15-40

cm long, on a distinct central axis. Racemes

14-17, usually devoid of spikelets at base,

long and rigid, 17-37 cm long; central axis

10-14 cm long. Pedicels 1-4 mm long, apices

cupuliform. Spikelets 24-36 on a typical

lowermost primary branch, discernibly hairy,

paired, lanceolate, 2.2-2.4 mm long, 0.9-1.2

mm wide; lower glume 0.8-0.9 mm long,

oblong and truncate, nerveless, membranous,

smooth, glabrous; upper glume 2.1-2.3 mm

long, slightly shorter than spikelet, elliptic, 7-

nerved, with ciliate margins and sub-margins,

hairy, evenly villous, acute. Lower floret:

lemma 2.2-2.4 mm long, hairy, 7-nerved;

palea absent. Upper floret shorter than the

lower floret; lemma 1.9-2 mm long, brown,

cartilaginous, muricate, elliptic, acuminate,

muticous; palea as long as and enclosed by

lemma. Fig. 1.

Distribution and habitat : This species is

recorded from ephemeral wetlands on basalt

from the Great Basalt Wall, Queensland

(Map 4), where it was reported as locally

dominant.

Phenology : Flowering April.

Notes : This species is a member of

Digitaria section Pennatae (Stapf) Henrard

(Webster 1983), together with D. ammophila

(Benth.) D.K.Hughes, D. papposa (R.Br.)

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Beauv., D. hystrichoides Vickery, D.

benthamiana Henrard, D. nematostachya

(F.M.Bailey) Henrard, D. porrecta S.T.Blake,

D. divaricatissima (R.Br.) D.K.Hughes and

D. coenicola (Muell.) D.K.Hughes. It is so far

known only from the type locality. It differs

from D. benthamiana by the spikelets being

discernibly hairy, the lower glumes being

longer and by the lower lemma being 7-nerved,

as opposed to 5-nerved in D. benthamiana.

Etymology : Named for the geology of the

habitat in which it grows.

Digitaria cowiei B.K.Simon, species nova

D. velutinae (Forssk.) PBeauv. similis sed

glumis superioribus 5-nervis versus 3-nervis

differt. Typus: Northern Territory. Darwin &

Gulf: Amungee Mungee Station, 2 May 1991,

I.D.Cowie 1752 & B.A.Wilson (holo: BRI; iso:

DNA).

Digitaria sp. (Amungee Mungee Stn

I.D.Cowie+ 1752) (ined)

Annual. Flowering culms caespitose, 30-

45 cm tall, 1 or 2-noded. Leaves: sheaths

hairy; ligule 0.8-1.2 mm long; blades flat,

2-8 cm long, 1-3 mm wide, hairy, scabrous.

Inflorescence 7-12 cm long, on a distinct

central axis. Racemes 4-6, usually bearing

spikelets to base, not long and rigid, 2.5-4.5

cm long. Pedicels 0.2-1.2 mm long, apices

cupuliform. Spikelets 20-24 on a typical

lowermost primary branch, hairy, paired,

elliptic, 1.6-1.7 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide.

Lower glume 0.1-0.2 mm long. Upper glume

1.3-1.4 mm long, noticeably shorter than

spikelet, oblong, 5-nerved, hairy, setose,

rounded. Lower floret: lemma 1.6-1.7 mm

long, hairy, with indumentum shorter than

the spikelet, 7-nerved; palea absent. Upper

floret subequal to the lower floret; lemma c.

1.6 mm long, brown, cartilaginous, muricate,

lanceolate, acuminate, muticous; palea as

long as and enclosed by lemma. Fig. 1.

Additional specimen examined : Northern Territory

Darwin & Gulf: Escarpment behind Redbank Mine

accommodation. May 1984, Halford 845122 (BRI,

DNA).

Distribution and habitat : Only known from

the Top End of the Northern Territory (Map

4) in Acacia shirleyi - Macropteranthes

kekwickii thicket on shallow sandy soils.

Simon, New Paniceae

Fig. 1 . Digitaria basaltica. A. portion of inflorescence showing branching of racemes and one complete raceme x 0.4.

B. spikelet pair x 0.8. C. spikelet, lower glume facing xl2. D. spikelet, upper glume facing x 12. E. upper floret, front

view x 18. F. upper floret, back view x 18. D. cowiei. G. habit x 0.4. H. spikelet, upper glume facing x 24.1. spikelet,

lower glume facing x 24. J. upper floret, front view x 24. K. upper floret, back view x 24. D. dolleryi. L. habit x 0.4.

M. spikelet, lower glume facing x 16. N. spikelet, upper glume facing x 16. O. upper floret, front view x 18. P. upper

floret, back view x 18. A-F from Fensham 2183 (BRI); G-K from Cowie 1752 & Wilson (BRI); L-P from Dollery 354

(BRI). Del. W. Smith.

196

Phenology : Flowering May.

Notes : This is a distinctive annual grass

with very small hairy spikelets. It differs

from Digitaria velutina (Forssk.) P.Beauv.

by having fewer spikelets on the lowermost

primary inflorescence branch and by the

upper glume being 5-nerved as opposed to

3-nerved. It is a member of Digitaria section

Digitaria (Webster 1983).

Etymology : Named for Ian Cowie, botanist at

the Northern Territory Herbarium, Darwin.

He has worked in the Top End of the Northern

Territory for the past 21 years and has a wide

experience in flora survey and in the taxonomy

and ecology of plants from that region.

Digitaria dolleryi B.K. Simon, species

nova D. imbricatae R.D.Webster similis sed

spiculis minoribus differt (2-2.3 mm vs.

2.5-3.5 mm). Typus: Queensland. Warrego

District: Chesterton National Park, 18 April

2002, C.Dollery 354 (holo: BRI).

Digitaria sp. (Chesterton NP C.Dollery 354)

(ined)

Annual. Flowering culms decumbent to

caespitose, 20-40 cm tall, 3-5-noded. Leaves:

sheaths glabrous; ligule 0.5-0.8 mm long;

blades flat, 1-2.5 cm long, 1-2 mm wide,

glabrous. Inflorescence 3-6 cm long, on a

distinct central axis. Racemes 2-5, usually

bearing spikelets to base, 2-5 cm long.

Pedicels 1-5 mm long, apices cupuliform.

Spikelets 22-26 on a typical lowermost

primary branch, hairy, paired, elliptic, 2-2.3

mm long, 0.9-1.1 mm wide. Lower glume

0.7 mm long, truncate, nerveless, hyaline,

smooth, glabrous, truncate. Upper glume

1.9-2 mm long, as long as spikelet, oblong,

3-nerved, villous with pinkish hairs, acute.

Lower floret: lemma 1.8-2.1 mm long, villous

with pinkish hairs, 7-nerved; palea absent.

Upper floret subequal to the lower floret;

lemma 1.8-2.1 mm long, acute to acuminate,

muticous; palea as long as and enclosed by

lemma. Fig. 1.

Distribution and habitat : Only known from

a single record from central Chesterton

National Park, Queensland (Map 4) where

it was reported as occurring in Callitris

woodland with a grassy ground stratum.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Phenology : Flowering April.

Notes : This species is a member of Digitaria

section Digitaria (Webster 1983). It is similar

to D. imbricata R.D.Webster by having a short

web of brown hairs, but differs by the smaller

spikelets.

Etymology: Named for the collector of

the type, Colin Dollery, Queensland Parks

and Wildlife Service, Queensland Dept, of

Environment and Natural Resources, Cairns.

Digitaria sharpeana B.K.Simon, species

nova D. leucostachyae (Domin) Henrard

et D. gibbosae (R.Br.) P.Beauv. similis sed

spiculis minoribus hirsutis et D. orariae

R. D.Webster similis sed spiculis binatim

differt. Typus: Queensland. Moreton

District: Sunnybank, Brisbane, 24 March

1934, S.T.Blake 5300 (holo: BRI; iso: NSW,

CANB).

Digitaria sp. (Sunnybank S.T.Blake 5300)

(ined)

Perennial, very shortly rhizomatous.

Flowering culms caespitose, 40-90 cm tall,

4-6-noded. Leaf sheaths hairy on margins

towards the apex. Ligule 0.1-0.15 mm long.

Leaf blades flat, 5-30 cm long, 2-3 mm wide,

glabrous, smooth. Inflorescence 9-20 cm

long, consisting of a single raceme or digitate

or subdigitate (rarely). Racemes 1 or 2 (rarely),

9-20 cm long. Pedicels 1-4 mm long, apices

discoid. Spikelets homomorphous, 50-120 on

atypical lowermost primary branch, glabrous,

in 3’s, elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, 0.75-1 mm

wide. Lower glume absent. Upper glume

1.7-2 mm long, slightly shorter than spikelet

to noticeably shorter than spikelet, elliptic, 3-

nerved, glabrous, acute. Lower floret: lemma

2.5-3 mm long, glabrous, 7-nerved; palea

absent. Upper floret subequal to the lower

floret; lemma 2.5-3 mm long, brown to black,

chartaceous, uniformly striate, elliptic, acute,

muticous; palea as long as lemma. Caryopsis

c. 2.5 mm long. Fig. 2.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Port

Curtis District: 21.5 km SE of Miriam Vale, Aug 1996,

Thompson MIR345 & Price (BRI); 17 km N of Miriam

Vale, Jul 1996, Thompson MIR344 & Turpin (BRI).

Wide Bay District: just below summit of Mt Benarige,

S. F. 57, Mar 1996, Grimshaw PG2332 & Turpin (BRI,

CANB, K, NSW).

Simon, New Paniceae

197

Fig. 2. Digitaria sharpeana. A. inflorescence x 0.6. B. base of plant x 0.6. C. spikelet, upper glume facing x 10. D.

spikelet, lower lemma facing x 10. E. upper glume x 20. F. lower lemma x 20. G. upper lemma x 20. H. upper palea

x 20. (D-H, all front view). D. veldkampiana. I. inflorescence x 0.6. J. base of plant x 0.6. K. spikelet, upper glume

facing x 8. L. spikelet, lower glume facing x 8. M-Q. sessile spikelet, all front view and x 16. M. lower glume. N. upper

glume. O. lower lemma. P. upper lemma. Q. upper plaea. R-S. pedicelled spikelet, all x 16. R. upper glume, front view.

S. lower lemma, back view. A-H from Blake 5300 (BRI); I-S from Blake 21286 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

198

Distribution and habitat : South-east

Queensland (Port Curtis, Wide Bay and

Moreton Pastoral Districts) (Map 4). It

occurs in open forest of Eucalyptus spp.

and Corymbia spp. on sandstone and sandy

loams.

Phenology : Flowering July to August and

March.

Notes : This species is a member of Digitaria

section Monodactylae Henrard (Webster

1983), together with D. leucostachya (Domin)

Henrard, D. gibbosa (R.Br.) PBeauv. and

D. or aria R.D.Webster. It differs from

D. leucostachya and D. gibbosa by the

spikelets not being obviously hairy and from

D. oraria by the spikelets being arranged

in pairs. It differs from the superficially

similar D. stenostachya (Benth.) Hughes and

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

D. veldkampiana B.K.Simon by the racemes

usually being single (rarely paired). The

specimens of D. sharpeana were formerly

placed with D. ramularis (Trin.) Henrard in

the Queensland Herbarium, but they are not

at all similar to that species.

Etymology : Named for Philip Ridley Sharpe,

formerly of the Queensland Herbarium, a keen

collector, botanist and translator of German

botanical literature.

Digitaria veldkampiana B.K. Simon, species

nova D. heteranthae (Hook.f.) Merr. similis

sed spicularum pedicellatarum lemmate

inferiore sine setis differt. Typus: Queensland.

Maranoa District: SE of Surat, Thomby

Range, 21 May 1960, S.T.Blake 21286 (holo:

BRI; iso: L, MEL).

Digitaria sp. (Surat S.T.Blake 21286) (ined.)

Map 4. Distribution in northern Australia of Digitaria basaltica Digitaria sharpeana ▼, Digitaria veldkampiana

A, Digitaria dolleryi O and Digitaria cowiei ■

Simon, New Paniceae

199

Perennial, rhizomatous. Flowering culms

decumbent, 30-50 cm tall, 4-8-noded. Leaf

sheaths hairy at the base. Ligule 1-1.5 mm

long. Leaf blades flat, 2-6 cm long, 2-4 mm

wide, glabrous, smooth. Inflorescence 6-10

cm long, digitate or subdigitate; racemes 2-4,

usually bearing spikelets to the base, 6-10 cm

long. Pedicels 0.7-3 mm long, apices truncate.

Spikelets heteromorphous, 26-32 on a typical

lowermost primary branch, hairy, paired,

lanceolate, 3.5-4 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide.

Sessile spikelet: lower glume c. 0.2 mm long,

truncate, nerveless, membranous, smooth,

glabrous, truncate. Upper glume c. 2.5 mm

long, slightly shorter than spikelet, lanceolate,

5-nerved, glabrous to hairy (much hairier in

some pedicelled spikelets), villous, acute.

Lower floret: lemma 3.5-4 mm long, glabrous

to hairy (much hairier in some pedicelled

spikelets), with indumentum equalling the

spikelet length, 7-nerved; palea vestigial,

or absent. Upper floret subequal to the

lower floret; lemma 3.5-4 mm long, brown,

chartaceous, finely muricate, lanceolate,

acute, muticous; palea as long as and enclosed

by lemma. Pedicelled spikelets: lower floret

lemma without bristles. Fig. 2.

Distribution and habitat: Known from the

Thomby Range in southern Queensland

(Map 4) where it was recorded as occurring

in Eucalyptus and Acacia woodland on very

shallow soil overlying lateritised surface

rock.

Phenology: Flowering May.

Notes: This species is a member of Digitaria

SQCtionDigitaria (Webster 1983), togetherwith

D. ctenantha (F.Muell.) Hughes, D. didactyla

Willd., D. radicosa (C.Presl) Miq., D. ciliaris

(Retz.) Koeler, D. bicornis (Lam.) Roem. &

Schult., D. setigera Roth, ex Roem. & Schult.,

D. sanguinalis (L.) Scop and D. stenostachya.

The only specimen of this species was formerly

placed by Webster (1987) in D. heterantha ;

however, an examination of a drawing of

the type of this species in Veldkamp (1973)

indicates that the pedicelled spikelet usually

has bristles, whereas they are absent in the

pedicelled spikelet of D. veldkampiana.

Etymology: Named for Dr Jan Frits (JeF)

Veldkamp, of the Netherlands Centre for

Biodiversity Naturalis, Leiden University, a

specialist in the grass family of the South-

East Asian region.

Apart from the new species of Digitaria,

there are other name changes that apply to

this genus as a result of more critical study of

the genus while preparing the FOA treatment.

In the four published editions of the census

of the Queensland Flora (Simon 1994, 1997,

2002; Simon et al. 2007) there has been listed

a species under the phrase name Digitaria sp.

(Mt Mulligan J.R.Clarkson 5821) from north

Queensland and the Northern Territory. This

species has usually incurved and terete leaves

and an inflorescence of one to many racemes

in which the spikelets have a unique brown

to black colour of the upper floret. The leaves

can sometimes be very narrow and filiform

and the branches fascicled at the nodes. When

the species D. breviglumis (Domin) Henrard

was being written up it was discovered that

this name had been misapplied to a group of

species that had included D. diminuta Hughes

and D. fumida S.T.Blake and that the type of

D. breviglumis was in fact a good match for

Digitaria sp. (Mt Mulligan J.R.Clarkson 5821).

The names D. diminuta and D. fumida have

been reinstated for similar, but nevertheless

different, species all of which possess an

upper glume less than half the spikelet length;

these can be distinguished by the following

key.

1 Inflorescence with few branches, sometimes only 1.2

1. Inflorescence with many branches, at least 8.3

2 Inflorescence with 1-4 branches; lower lemma 5-nerved; upper glume

nerveless; sometimes with many culm branches fascicled at nodes . . . . D. breviglumis

2. Inflorescence with at least 4 branches; lower lemma 7-nerved; upper

glumes 3-nerved; culm branches never fascicled at nodes.D. diminuta

3 Lower glume absent.D. orbata

3. Lower glume present.D. fumida

200

Both Digitaria diminuta and D. fumida

were not included in the four editions of the

census of the Queensland Flora (Simon 1994,

1997, 2002; Simon et al. 2007) and the entry

in Jacobs et al. (2008) for D. breviglumis

refers to D. diminuta. Digitaria breviglumis

differs from D. diminuta and D. fumida by its

habit of 1-4 inflorescence branches, narrow

leaf blades and sometimes fascicled culm

branches and generally smaller stature.

As well as the diagnostic key to this

group of species, descriptions and synonymy

of the four related species will assist in the

clarification of their circumscription.

Digitaria breviglumis (Domin) Henrard,

Monogr. Digitaria 92 (1950); Panicum

breviglume Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 298

(1915). Type: Queensland. North Kennedy

District: Dividing Range, west of Pentland,

February 1910, K.Domin [1058, 1059 ] (holo:

PR [photos BRI]; iso: BRI, K [photo BRI]).

Digitaria sp. (Mt Mulligan J.R.Clarkson

5821) (Simon 1994: 255, 1997: 158, 2002: 152;

Simon etal. 2007: 153).

Illustrations: Henrard (1950: 93); Tothill &

Hacker (1983: 194, fig 4).

Perennial, rhizomatous. Flowering culms

caespitose, 30-60 cm tall, 5-7-noded. Leaves:

sheaths glabrous; ligule 0.3-0.5 mm long;

blades flat or involute (mostly), 2.5-7.5 cm

long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, glabrous, smooth to

scabrous. Inflorescence 2-10 cm long, on a

distinct central axis or consisting of a single

raceme, exerted at maturity; racemes 1-4,

usually bearing spikelets to base, 1.5-2 cm

long; central axis 0.5-1 cm long. Pedicels

0.6-2.8 mm long. Spikelets 10-15 on atypical

lowermost primary branch, glabrous, paired,

elliptic, 1.3-1.6 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide.

Glumes 2, slightly unequal; lower glume 0.2-

0.4 mm long, obovate, nerveless, membranous,

smooth, glabrous, truncate; upper glume

0.3-0.5 mm long, ovate, nerveless, glabrous,

truncate. Lower floret: lemma 1.3-1.6 mm

long, glabrous, 5-nerved, with nerves distinct;

palea absent. Upper floret subequal to the

lower floret; lemma 1.3-1.5 mm long, brown to

black, cartilaginous, very finely transversely

rugose, elliptic, acute, muticous.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Additional selected specimens examined : Northern

Territory. Darwin & Gulf: McMinns Bluff, near Pine

Creek, Jan 1991, Cowie 1476 & Dunlop (BRI, CANB,

DNA, MEL, PERTH). Barkly Tableland: Border Water

hole, July 1971, Latz 1628 (BRI, CANB). Queensland.

Cook District: Mt Mulligan, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5869

(BRI, CNS, L, MEL, NSW, PERTH). Burke District:

39.5 km N of Musselbrook, May 1995, Johnson MRS835

& Thomas (BRI, K). South Kennedy District: 16.5 km

NNE of Yarrowmere, Apr 1992, Thompson BUC647

&.Simon (AD, BRI, CANB, NSW). Mitchell District:

67 km NE of Aramac, Mar 2000, Thompson MUT123

(BRI). Leichhardt District: Snake Range N.P, SW of

Springsure, May 1995, McKosker 111 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Tropical Northern

Territory and Queensland (Map 5). It grows

in a range of mixed Eucalyptus , Corymbia,

Acacia and Melaleuca woodlands on

sandstone and skeletal soils.

Phenology: Flowering January to August;

also October.

Notes: Digitaria breviglumis is distinguished

on the basis of its usually incurved and terete

leaves and an inflorescence of one to many

racemes in which the spikelets have a unique

brown to black colour of the upper floret.

The leaves can sometime be very narrow

and filiform and the branches fascicled at the

nodes.

Digitaria diminuta Hughes, Bull. Misc.

Inform. Kew 1923: 312 (1923). Type: New

South Wales. McIntyre River, s.dat., J.E.Ker

s.n. (holo: K [photo BRI]; iso: BRI).

Illustrations: Henrard (1950: 187); Tothill

& Hacker (1983: 194, fig 12); Jacobs et al.

(2008: 214 [as D. breviglumis ] and 219 [as

D. orb at a]).

Perennial. Flowering culms caespitose,

10-65 cm tall, 2-4-noded. Leaves: sheaths

hairy or glabrous; ligule 0.4-0.8 mm long;

blades 3-9 cm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide,

hairy or glabrous. Inflorescence on a distinct

central axis; racemes 4-10, usually bearing

spikelets to base, not long and rigid, 3.5-15

cm long. Pedicels 0.5-1 mm long. Spikelets

34-80 on a typical lowermost primary

branch, glabrous, paired, elliptic, 1.3-1.9 mm

long, 0.55-0.75 mm wide. Glumes 2; lower

glume 0.16-0.43 mm long, ovate, nerveless,

membranous, smooth, glabrous, cleft or

obtuse or rounded; upper glume 0.4-0.9 mm

Simon, New Paniceae

201

Map 5. Distribution in northern Australia of Digitaria breviglumis

long, ovate to oblong, 3-nerved, with ciliate

margins and submargins, glabrous, rounded

or truncate or cleft, muticous. Lower floret:

lemma 1.2-1.8 mm long, glabrous, with a

glabrous first internerve space, with equal

internerve spacing or with the first internerve

space wider than the second, with margins

or submargins glabrous, 7-nerved; palea

lanceolate or ovate. Upper floret overtopping

the lower floret; lemma 1.2-1.8 mm long,

yellow, cartilaginous, muricate, elliptic to

obovate, acute, muticous.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland:

Cook District: Mt Mulligan, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5785

(BRI, CNS). Burke District: near source of Poison

Creek, about 90 miles [144 km] N of Hughenden,

Mar 1935, Blake 8474 (BRI, CANB, K, NSW). North

Kennedy District: c. 5 miles [8 km] SE of Clarke River,

Telegraph Station, July 1954, S.T.Blake 19434 (BRI,

CANB, NSW, PERTH). South Kennedy District: 21

km NW of Hyde Park Homestead, Apr 1992, Thompson

BUC569A & Simon (AD, BRI, DNA, NSW, PERTH).

Mitchell District: White Mountains N.P, Apr 2000,

Thompson HUG734 (BRI). Leichhardt District: N

slope of Blackdown Tableland [N.P], S of Dingo, May

1976, Jacobs 2592 & Rodd (BRI, NSW). Warrego

District: Charleville, Apr 1936, Blake 11066 (BRI,

DNA, PERTH). Maranoa District: Boatman Station,

Mar 1947, Everist 2833 (BRI, K, NSW, US). Burnett

District: 7-8 miles [11-13 km] S of Eidsvold, Mar 1966,

Blake 22643 (AD, BRI, CANB, NSW, PERTH). Wide

Bay District: 11 miles [17 kms] NW of Gin Gin, Mar

1966, Blake 22410 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MO,

NSW, PERTH). Darling Downs District: N of Jackson,

Mar 1953, Blake 19138 (AD, BRI, K, MO, NSW).

Moreton District: MtNgungun [Glasshouse Mountains

N.P], Mar 1931, Hubbard 5925 (BRI, K). New South

Wales. Slopes of Blue Mts towards Katoomba, Apr 1931,

Hubbard 8435 (BRI, K, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : Tropical and

subtropical Queensland to central New

South Wales (Map 7). It grows in a range of

Eucalyptus , Corymbia, Acacia , Callitris and

Melaleuca woodlands on a variety of soils.

Phenology : Flowering throughout the year.

Notes: Digitaria diminuta differs from

D. breviglumis by having at least four

inflorescence branches and a 7-nerved lower

lemma. In addition, the upper glume is 3-

nerved (nerveless in D. breviglumis) and

the culm branches are never fascicled at the

nodes.

202

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Map 6. Distribution in eastern Australia of Digitaria diminuta

Digitaria orbata Hughes, Bull. Misc. Inform.

Kew 1923: 312 (1923). Type: Queensland.

North Kennedy District: Herbert’s Creek,

s.dat ., Bowman s.n. (holo K [photo BRI]; iso:

BRI, MEL).

Illustrations : Henrard (1950: 508); Tothill &

Hacker (1983: 194, fig 18).

Perennial, rhizomatous. Flowering culms

caespitose, 40-85 cm tall, 3-5-noded.

Leaves: sheaths glabrous; ligule 1.6-4 mm

long; blades flat, 6-25 cm long, 1.8-5.5 mm

wide, glabrous, scabrous. Inflorescence 2-14

cm long, on a distinct central axis; racemes 2-

10, usually bearing spikelets to base, not long

and rigid, 7-16 cm long. Pedicels 0.4-0.8 mm

long. Spikelets 30-70 on a typical lowermost

primary branch, hairy or rarely glabrous,

paired, elliptic, 1.3-1.8 mm long, 0.47-0.8

mm wide. Lower glume absent; upper glume

0.2-0.6 mm long, less than half the length

of spikelet, ovate to elliptic, nerveless,

glabrous, rounded to truncate or cleft. Lower

floret: lemma 1.1-1.6 mm long, glabrous

or occasionally with a few villous hairs on

the area between the last lateral nerve and

margin, 3-5-nerved; palea vestigial to absent.

Upper floret overtopping the lower floret or

subequal to the lower floret; lemma 1.2-1.7

mm long, brown, cartilaginous, muricate,

elliptic, apically rounded to acute, apiculate.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Mt Mulligan, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5883

(BRI, CNS, MEL, PERTH). North Kennedy District:

Simon, New Paniceae

203

Dunk Island, Aug 1951, Blake 18875 (BRI, CANB).

South Kennedy District: Along the Collinsville - Mt

Coolon Road, 800 m southwest of its junction with

Caves Creek, Jan 1996, Pollock 299 & Champion

(BRI, CANB). Leichhardt District: Humboldt, S of

Blackwater, Jan 1997, Fensham 2981 (BRI). Port Curtis

District: Dawes Range, Apr 1937, White 10813 (BRI).

Mitchell District: 93 km N of Langlo Crossing, July

1975, Beeston 1356C (BRI). Warrego District: Mt

Brandon Station, Apr 1936, Blake 11149 (BRI, CANB,

DNA, PERTH). Burnett District: near Durong, May

1940, Blake 14245 (BRI, CANB). Darling Downs

District: Palardo, Feb 1935, Blake 7640 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Digitaria orbata is

broadly sympatric with D. fumida in tropical

and subtropical Queensland (Map 7) where it

grows in a range of woodlands on a variety

of soils.

Phenology : Flowering March to August.

Notes : This species differs from Digitaria

fumida only by lacking a lower glume. In

AusGrass (Sharp & Simon 2002) there are

a couple of erroneously cited illustrations

from Wheeler et al. (1990) with attribution

to the wrong species. The illustration under

D. orbata is D. ischaemum and the one under

D. hystrichoides is D. orbata. D. orbata does

not occur in New South Wales and the record

by Jacobs et al. (2008) refers to D. diminuta.

Map 7. Distribution in Queensland of Digitaria orbata

204

Digitaria fumida S.T.Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensland 84: 62 (1973). Type: Queensland.

Moreton District: Northgate, Brisbane, 15

May 1937, S.T.Blake 12970 (holo: BRI).

Panicum parviflorum R.Br. var. pilosum

Benth. (as ‘ pilosa ’), FI. Austral. 7: 471 (1878).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District:

Moreton Bay, s.dat ., F.M.Bailey [41] (holo:

MEL; iso: BRI; K, L n.v).

Perennial, rhizomatous. Flowering culms

decumbent, 30-80 cm tall, 3-10-noded.

Leaves: sheaths hairy to glabrous; ligule 0.5-

2.7 mm long; blades flat to involute, 4-18 cm

long, 1.5-4.5 mm wide, hirsute or glabrous,

smooth to scabrous. Inflorescence 1.5-7 cm

long, on a distinct central axis; racemes 2-10,

usually bearing spikelets to base, 3.5-15 cm

long. Pedicels 0.5-1 mm long. Spikelets 34-

80 on a typical lowermost primary branch,

glabrous, paired or in 3’s, elliptic, 1.3-1.9 mm

long, 0.55-0.75 mm wide; lower glume 0.16—

0.43 mm long, ovate, nerveless, membranous,

smooth, glabrous; upper glume 0.4-0.9 mm

long, ovate to oblong, 0 or 1-nerved (lateral

nerves occasionally poorly developed), with

ciliate margins and submargins, glabrous.

Lower floret: lemma 1.2-1.8 mm long,

glabrous, 3-7-nerved; palea vestigial or

absent. Upper floret overtopping the lower

floret; lemma 1.2-1.8 mm long, brown,

cartilaginous, muricate, elliptic to obovate,

acute, mucronate.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: 6 km SW of Cape Flattery, May 1990,

Clarkson 8626 & Neldner (BRI, K, NSW). Burke

District: Poison Creek, Feb 1931, Hubbard 7727 &

Winders (BRI, K). North Kennedy District: Mt Abbot,

Aug 1992, Bean 4831 (BRI). South Kennedy District:

5 km along Burton Downs - Goonyella Road, May

1997, Thompson 295 (BRI). Leichhardt District:

Laglan Road, NW of Clermont, Jun 1999, Johnson 126

6 Turpin (BRI). Port Curtis District: Curtis Island,

Mar 1966, Blake 22512 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K,

MO, PERTH). Maranoa District: Mt Moffatt N.P, Apr

1996, Addicott 138 (BRI). Burnett District: Narayen,

Mar 1971, Pederson N167 (BRI). Wide Bay District:

between Childers and Howard, Mar 1966, Blake 22404

(BRI, CANB, NSW). Darling Downs District: Kindon

Station, Dec 1938, Smith 604 (BRI). Moreton District:

Northgate, May 1937, Blake 12970 (AD, BRI, CANB,

DNA, K, L, MO, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : Digitaria fumida is

broadly sympatric with D. orbata in tropical

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

and subtropical Queensland (Map 8) where it

grows in a range of Eucalyptus woodlands on

mainly sandy soils. It is often abundant in the

summer season following fire in the previous

year.

Phenology : Flowering mostly November to

August.

Notes : This species differs from Digitaria

orbata by having a lower glume.

5. A new species of Entolasia Stapf

Entolasia minutifolia B.K. Simon, species

nova E. marginatae (R.Br.) Hughes similis

sed laminis foliorum 1-2.5 cm brevioribus

rigidis differt. Typus: Queensland. Darling

Downs District: between Miles and Drillham,

19 February 1935, S.T.Blake 7709 (holo: BRI;

iso: AD, CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH).

Entolasia sp. A, Flora of Australia 43: 353,

Map 1114 (2002).

Entolasia sp. (Miles S.T.Blake 7709) (Simon

etal. 2007: 155).

Flowering culms 5-45 cm tall, 2-6-noded.

Ligule c. 0.2 mm long. Leaf blades flat, 1-2.5

cm long, 1.5-3.5 mm wide. Inflorescence

0.6-3 cm long. Primary branches 0.4-0.9

cm long, 0.2-0.3 cm wide. Spikelets 3-4 on

a typical lowermost primary branch, elliptic,

2.2-2.5 mm long, 1-1.3 mm wide. Glumes:

lower glume 0.4 mm long, nerveless; upper

glume 2.2-2.5 mm long, lanceolate, muticous.

Lower floret: lemma 2.3-2.4 mm long. Upper

floret: lemma 2.1 mm long, yellow or brown,

smooth, acute; palea smooth.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Darling Downs District: Near Kogan, Feb 1938,

Blake 13266 (BRI); ditto loc ., Mar 1953, Blake 19180

(BRI, CANB); 5 miles [8 km] N of Karara on road to

Leyburn, Apr 1971, Blake 23596 (BRI, K, MO, NSW);

Ballandean [Girraween] N.P, NE of Wallangarra, Jan

1940, Blake 14137 (BRI, CANB, NSW); S.F.101 Devine,

Honeysuckle Creek, 20 km NE of Inglewood, Oct 2006,

Forster PIF32122 & Thomas (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Restricted to the

Darling Downs District of Queensland (Map

9) where it grows in Eucalyptus , Acacia and

Callitris forests and woodlands on sandy

soils.

Phenology : Flowering October to April.

Simon, New Paniceae

205

Map 8. Distribution in Queensland of Digitaria fumida

Notes : This species differs from Entolasia

marginata by the much smaller stature with

leaf blades less than 3 cm long and rigid

in texture. It may prove to be a form of the

latter species; however, molecular study is

required to determine this. In the meantime

the characteristic minute leaf blades and

fairly narrow geographic range of this entity

are factors persuading me to recognise it as a

separate species.

Etymology : Named for the minute leaf blades.

6. A new species and a new name application

in Isachne R.Br.

The latest treatment of Australian Isachne

species (Sharp & Simon 2002) has four

species. One (I. sharpii B.K.Simon) is treated

as new in this paper. The name I. pulchella

Roth in Roem. & Schult. has been misapplied

to another species I. minutula (Gaudich.)

Kunth in a recent revision of Isachne sect.

Isachne for Malesia (Iskandar & Veldkamp

2004).

Isachne minutula (Gaudich.) Kunth,

Rev. Gram. 2: 407, t.l 17 (1831); Panicum

minutulum Gaudich., Freyc., Voy. Uranie 410

(1829); Isachne miliacea Roth var. minutula

(Gaudich.) Fosberg & Sachet, Micronesica

18: 55 (1984). Type: Marianas Islands, s.dat .,

Gaudichaud s.n. (holo: P, n.v.).

Isachne pidchella auct., non Roth in Roem. &

Schult. (Iskandar & Veldkamp 2004: 168).

Illustrations : Bailey (1913: 585), as I. myosotis

Nees; Sharp & Simon (2002) as I. pulchella

Roth in Roem. & Schult.

Annual. Flowering culms 3-35 cm tall, 2-5-

noded. Ligule a fringe of hairs, 0.8-1.2 mm

long. Leaf blades 2-5 cm long, 2-8 mm wide.

Inflorescence 2-12 cm long. Primary branches

0.6-5 cm long. Spikelets 4-14 on a typical

lowermost primary branch, with the upper

floret fertile, dorsally compressed, 1-1.6 mm

long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide; lower glume elliptic,

1-1.6 mm long, 5-7-nerved, glabrous; upper

glume 1.1-1.5 mm long, elliptic to obovate, 5-

206

Map 9. Distribution in Queensland of Entolasia

minutifolia ▲ and Paspalidium johnsonii ■

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

7-nerved, glabrous or scabrous. Lower floret

male; lemma 1-1.5 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm

wide, chartaceous, 3-nerved, with apex acute

to rounded. Upper floret bisexual, subequal to

the lower floret; lemma 1-1.3 mm long, white,

smooth; palea smooth. Anthers 0.8-0.9 mm

long.

Additional selected specimens examined : Western

Australia. Kimberley: Kimbolton Homestead, May

1993, Mitchell3093 (BRI, PERTH). Northern Territory.

Darwin & Gulf: 10.8 km ESE of Nourlangie Ranger

Station on Pine Creek Road, May 1980, Lazarides 8815

(BRI, CANB); Elcho Island, Jul 1975, Lots 6277 (BRI,

DNA). Queensland. Cook District: Freshwater, near

Cairns, Jul 1943, Blake 14977 (BRI, CANB, NSW).

North Kennedy District: Cardwell, Sep 1935, Blake

9692 (BRI, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: Isachne minutula

occurs in damp shaded forests and swampy

areas from tropical Asia (Indian subcontinent),

Indo-China, Malesia and Papuasia and across

tropical Australia from the Kimberley region

of Western Australia, through the Top End

of the Northern Territory to northern coastal

Queensland (Map 10).

Phenology: Flowering March to July.

Map 10. Distribution in Australia and New Guinea of Isachne minutula

Simon, New Paniceae

207

Notes : Webster (1987) reports this species

as being introduced to Australia under the

misapplied name Isachnepulchella. However,

information on herbarium labels from all

localities indicate that it is a native component

of wetlands in northern Australia.

Isachne sharpii B.K. Simon, species nova

I. globosae (Thunb.) Kuntze similis sed

spiculis maioribus, glumis setiferis et apicibus

acutis, flosculis ambobus bisexualibus differt.

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Palm

Road, Cape Tribulation, 21 April 2001,

D.Sharp 293 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, K, L,

MO, NSW).

Isachne sp. A in AusGrass (Sharp & Simon

2002); Flora of Australia 43: 340, Map 924

( 2002 ).

Isachne sp. (Cape Tribulation R.L. Jago 4560)

(Simon et al. 2007: 158).

Illustration : Sharp & Simon, AusGrass

(2002) as Isachne sp. A.

Annual. Flowering culms 26-44 cm tall, 5-

10-noded. Ligule a fringe of hairs, 1.5-1.7 mm

long. Leaf blades 2.5-5.5 cm long, 7-13 mm

wide. Inflorescence 3.5-4 cm long. Primary

branches 1-1.4 cm long. Spikelets 3-7 on a

typical lowermost primary branch, with both

florets fertile, dorsally compressed, elliptic,

2.5-2.8 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide; lower

glume ovate, 2.5-2.8 mm long, 9-nerved, hairy,

setose; upper glume 2.5-2.8 mm long, ovate,

9-10-nerved, hairy. Lower floret bisexual;

lemma c. 2 mm long and 1.5 mm wide,

cartilaginous to indurate, smooth, 5-nerved,

with apex rounded; palea c. 1.8 mm long

and 1.3 mm wide, cartilaginous to indurate;

anthers 3, pale, to 1.5 mm long; caryopsis to

1.2 long and 0.8 mm, finely muricate, reddish.

Upper floret bisexual, subequal to the lower

floret; lemma c. 2 mm long and 1.5 mm wide,

cartilaginous to indurate, smooth, 5-nerved;

palea c. 1.8 mm long and 1.3 mm wide,

cartilaginous to indurate; anthers 3, pale, to

1.5 mm long. (Fig. 3.)

Map 11. Distribution in Queensland of Isachne sharpii (inset shows local distribution)

208

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Fig. 3. Isachne sharpii. A. habit x 0.4. B. spikelet, lateral view. C. lower glume; D. upper glume. E. lower floret. F.

lower lemma. G. lower palea. B-G * 16. (C-G front view). H. anthers of lower floret. I. caryopsis of lower floret. H-I

x 32. J. upper floret. K. upper lemma. L. upper palea (J-L front view). M. young caryopsis of upper floret. J-M x 16.

All from Sharp 293 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.

Simon, New Paniceae

209

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Palm Road, Cape Tribulation, Dec 1997, Jago

4560 (BRI); ditto loc ., May 2001, Jago 5978 (BRI); ditto

loc ., Jun 2002, Gray & Jones 8188 (BRI, CNS); ditto

loc ., Nov 2006, Simon 4330 & Jago (BRI, K, US); Cape

Tribulation Road, c. 700 m N of Daintree River ferry,

Oct 2008, Jago 7206 (BRI); Cape Tribulation Road, c.

1.2 km N of Daintree River ferry, Aug 2008, Jago 7156

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat : This species has

only been collected from the understorey of

rainforest or swamps dominated by Licuala

ramsayi in a fairly restricted region of the

Daintree rainforest, north-east Queensland

(Map 11)

Phenology : Flowering October to August.

Notes : This species differs from the more

widespread species Isachne globosa by the

glumes being covered with bristles and having

pointed apices as opposed to glabrous glumes

rounded at the apex and by both florets being

fertile. Both species have larger spikelets than

the two other Australian species I. confusa

Ohwi and I. minutula.

Etymology : Named for Donovan Sharp, co¬

author of AusGrass (Sharp & Simon 2002)

and collector of the type specimen.

7. A change of status in Oplismenus

P.Beauv.

The genus Oplismenus consists of 11 species

(Simon et al. 2010) native to the tropics and

subtropics, with 5 species native to Australia.

It is a genus of very similar species and there

have been two attempts at a world-wide

taxonomic treatment (Davey & Clayton 1978;

Scholz 1981). The latter has a few species with

many infraspecific taxa, whereas in the former

the species rank is assigned to recognisable

morphological forms. This may be considered

a more practical approach, which I am

adopting for the FOA account, although it

may be difficult to extend the application of

this species concept for all species beyond

Australia (Davey & Clayton 1978).

Oplismenus mollis (Domin) Clifford &

Evans ex B.K.Simon stat. nov.; Oplismenus

undulatifolius var. mollis Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 85: 329 (1915). Type: Queensland.

Moreton District: Tambourine Mountains,

March 1910, K.Domin 1311 (lecto: PR [here

selected] [photo at BRI]; isolecto: BRI).

Notes: Preliminary worktowards an Australian

revision of Oplismenus by Clifford & Evans

(unpublished ms.) elevated this Australian

entity to species rank and I agree with this

position. An examination of the isotype of the

basionym of O. undulatifolius (Ard.) Roem.

& Schult. ( Panicum undulatifolium Ard.)

from M and of illustrations of this taxon in

Scholz (1981, fig. 38) and in Trinius (1829,

fig. 192) shows this species to differ from the

Australian entity by the spikelets not being

fascicled in the same way on the inflorescence

racemes, by the leaf blades being broader and

glabrous and the leaf sheaths being hairy with

longish hairs.

Diagnostic features of Oplismenus mollis

include the smooth awn, the lowermost

primary branches reduced to fascicles and

densely short and soft pubescence of the

culm, sheaths and blades. It differs from O.

imbecillis (R.Br.) Roem. & Schult., a related

Australian species, by the racemes being in

distinct fascicles and by a dense leaf blade

indumentum.

Distribution and habitat : Oplismenus mollis

is distributed throughout coastal Queensland

and north-east New South Wales; it is also in

New Guinea (Map 12). It occurs in rainforest

or its margins.

210

Austrobcdleya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Map 12. Distribution in Australia and New Guinea of Oplismenus mollis

8. Recognition of both Paractaenum

P.Beauv. and Plagiosetum Benth.

Webster (1987) placed Plagiosetum in

synonymy with Paractaenum based on a

similar type of bristle structure. However,

there are a number of diagnostic morphological

features readily observable between the two

genera (Table 2) that do not justify placing

them together.

Table 2. Comparison of character states for Paractaenum and Plagiosetum

Paractaenum

Plagiosetum

Primary inflorescence branch producing

simple unbranched bristles, each

accompanied by a spikelet

Primary inflorescence branch producing 2-3

spikelets with each spikelet subtended by

branched bristles

Rachilla between the glumes not distinct

Rachilla between the glumes distinct

Pedicels less than 0.5 mm long

Pedicels 1.2-3.4 mm long

Simon, New Paniceae

211

Fig. 4. Paspalidium johnsonii. A. habit x 0.3. B. spikelet and bristle x 6. C. lower glume. D. upper glume. E. lower

lemma. F. upper floret. (C-F front view). G. upper floret, back view. C-G x 0.3. All from Johnson MRS792 & Thomas

(BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Hughes (1923) re-examined and emended

the description of Paractaemim novae-

hollandiae P.Beauv. She noted that there was a

closer affinity of the genus Paractaenum to the

genus Plagiosetum , with regards to the shape

and nervation of the glumes and the flattened

rachis, than there was to Panicum , under

which an infraspecific taxon of Paractaenum

novae-hollandiae (subsp. reversum (F.Muell.)

R.D.Webster) had been described as Panicum

r ever sum F.Muell. However, she retained both

genera and two other contemporary references

also maintain the distinction between these

genera (Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Jacobs et

al. 2008). A recent ndhF- based phylogeny of

Setaria and allied genera of the bristle clade of

panicoid grasses (Kellogg et al. 2009) placed

Plagiosetum refractum (F.Muell.) Benth. in

a clade between Paspalidium rarum (R.Br.)

Hughes and the other Australian species of

Paspalidium. Paractaenum novae-hollandiae

has not yet been placed in the molecular based

phylogeny and this should better clarify its

relationship with Plagiosetum.

212

9. A new species of Paspalidium Stapf

Paspalidium is a genus of 42 species, with 22

native in Australia (Simon et al. 2010).

The key distinctions between some of the

Australian species of Paspalidium appear

very fine in some cases and more study is

needed to establish whether some of these

species should be maintained. A new species

from the Burke District of Queensland falls

into this category.

Paspalidium johnsonii B.K. Simon, species

nova P. raro (R.Br.) Hughes similis spiculis

brevioribus et culmis plus decumbentibus

differt. Typus: Queensland. Burke District:

Amphitheatre, 40 km N of Musselbrook

Mining camp, 3 May 1995, R.WJohnson

MRS792 & M.B.Thomas (holo: BRI; iso:

DNA, K distribuendi).

Paspalidium sp. (Musselbrook R.W.Johnson+

MRS792) (Simon et al 2007: 161).

Annual. Flowering culms decumbent,

ultimately erect, 7-20 cm long, 3-5-noded,

sheaths not overlapping. Leaves glabrous;

sheaths with eciliate margins; ligule 0.3-0.4

mm long; blades involute, 1-4 cm long, 5-7

mm wide. Inflorescence 1.5-4 cm long, lower

branches shorter than adjacent internode

of axis between them, branches reduced

to 1 (rarely 2) spikelets, 0.4-0.6 cm long,

appressed to the main axis. Spikelets 2.1-2.5

mm long, 0.9-1 mm wide and 1 or 2 on a

typical lowermost primary branch, dorsally

compressed to planoconvex, elliptic. Glumes

glabrous; lower glume c. 1.5 mm long,

triangular to ovate, 5-nerved; upper glume

2.1-2.5 mm long, elliptic, 7-nerved, muticous.

Lower floret sterile; lemma 2.1-2.5 mm

long, acute, 5-nerved. Upper floret curved in

profile; lemma 2.1-2.4 mm long, yellow, finely

transversely rugulose, yellow. Fig. 4.

Distribution and habitat: Only known from

the type locality in Queensland (Map 9)

where it was collected from open woodland

on shallow sandy soil overlying a sandstone

escarpment.

Phenology: Flowering April to May.

Notes: This species is similar to Paspalidium

rarum but with much smaller spikelets and

the culms are more decumbent.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Etymology: Named for Dr R.W. (Bob)

Johnson, former Director of the Queensland

Herbarium (1974-1990) and collector of the

type specimen.

10. A new species and a new variety of

Pseudoraphis Griff.

In November 2003 Robert Jago sent in for

identification a delicate grass from an old swale

within the Bale Condominium development

at Port Douglas, north-east Queensland. An

examination of the spikelets revealed that he

had collected a very unique grass, in terms

of its unusual spikelet morphology. In that it

was not able to be readily identified presented

a situation whereby a new plant species,

and possibly one having a threatened status,

was present in an area where existing native

vegetation was destined to be cleared and

replaced by landscaped vegetation of exotic

horticultural plants. Fortunately attention was

drawn to the presence of this unique grass at a

stage where the developers were in a position

to alter drainage plans that would otherwise

have radically altered the ground cover of the

swale. It has been possible to avoid for now

the destruction of this grass and to retain

this patch of native vegetation within the

condominium boundary.

It was initially difficult to place this grass

in the genus Pseudoraphis on account of the

problem of observing the naked bristle at the

apex of an inflorescence branch. The bristle,

a feature that is diagnostic for the genus, is

sometimes reduced or absent. Pseudoraphis

is a genus of 10 species (Simon et al. 2010) of

aquatic habitats from tropical and subtropical

Asia to Australia.

Pseudoraphis jagonis B.K.Simon, species

nova P. minuta (Mez) Pilger similis sed

spiculis longioribus et laminis tenioribus

differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:

Port Douglas, 27 November 2003, R.L.Jago

6610 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, K, L, MO, NSW,

SI distribuendi).

Pseudoraphis sp. (Port Douglas R.L.Jago

6610) (Simon et al. 2007: 162).

Flowering culms 15-40 cm tall, 7-14-noded.

Nodes pubescent. Leaves; ligule 0.2-0.3 mm

long; blades 1-6 cm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide.

Simon, New Paniceae

213

Fig. 5. Pseudoraphis jagonis. A-C. spikelet, pedicel and bristle of three spikelets, showing variation in bristle length,

lateral view x 12. D. lower glume, front view. E. upper glume, front view. F. lower lemma, front view. G. lower palea,

front view. H. anthers. I. upper lemma, back view. D-I x 40. All from Jago 6610 (BRI)). Del. W. Smith.

Inflorescence 2-5 cm long with primary

branches spreading; bristles 2-3 mm long.

Pedicels 0.5-9 mm long. Spikelets 2-4 on a

typical lowermost primary branch, 4-5 mm

long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide. Glumes: lower glume

0.2-0.3 mm long, broadly oblong; upper

glume 4-5 mm long, 13-15-nerved, glabrous

to scabrous. Lower floret: lemma 2.5-3 mm

long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide, 7-nerved; palea 2-2.2

mm long; anthers 2, c. 1.3 mm long. Upper

floret 1.5-1.7 mm long; lemma and palea

membranous. Fig. 5.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: Port Douglas, Nov 2006, Simon 4328 &

Jago (infertile specimen) (BRI, L, K, NSW, US); ditto

loc., Oct 2005, Wannan 4108 & Jago (BRI); ditto loc..

Nov 2005, Wannan 4137 & Gillanders (BRI); ex Port

Douglas, cultivated at Speewah, Feb 2006, Wannan 4199

(BRI, CANB, F).

Distribution and habitat : Restricted to Port

Douglas, north-east Queensland where it is

known from a condominium precinct (Map

13). Plants grow in damp soil in an old swale

with Dillenia alata, Lophostemon suaveolens,

Pandanus solmslaubachii , Livistona muelleri

and Melaleuca quinquenervia.

Phenology : Flowering October to November.

Notes : The spikelet bristles, a general feature

of the genus, are sometimes very short in this

species.

214

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Map 13. Distribution in northern Australia of Pseudoraphis jagonis A, P. minuta var. minuta ♦ and P. minuta var.

laevis ▼

Etymology : Named for Robert Jago, a keen

plant collector from north Queensland.

Pseudoraphis minuta (Mez) Pilger, Notizbl.

Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 10: 210 (1928);

Chamaeraphis minuta Mez, Notizbl. Bot.

Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 7: 48 (1917). Type:

Vietnam: Tonkin, prope Hanoi ad paludum

margines, 25 May 1886, B.Balansa 1592

(lecto: BRI [designated here]; isolecto: L, P,

US).

Typification: The species was described as

Chamaeraphis minuta by Mez (1917) with the

citation of six syntypes (C.B. Clarke 17040,

B.Balansa 1592, B.Balansa 1593, B.Balansa

4779, Kurz s.n., Keenan s.n). To avoid possible

confusion concerning application of the name

a lectotype is selected from a duplicate of

Balansa 1592.

Notes : This species is represented in Australia

by very few specimens in herbaria and exists

as two varieties, both known only from the

Northern Territory (Map 13).

Pseudoraphis minuta var. laevis B.K. Simon,

varietas nova P. minuta var. minuta similis

sed glumis laevibus et glabris differt.

Typus: Northern Territory. Darwin & Gulf:

Goromuru River floodplain, 24 May 1992,

I. Cowie 2838 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, CNS,

DNA, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat : Only known

from the Goromuru River floodplain of the

Northern Territory, where it was observed as

floating in shallow water (Map 13).

Notes : The type variety, with tubercle based

hairs on the glumes, extends from South-East

Asia to the Northern Territory (Map 13).

The only specimen that has been seen of the

variety newly described here has glumes that

are smooth and glabrous.

Etymology : Named for the upper glume being

smooth and glabrous.

II. A new combination in Set aria P.Beauv.

Veldkamp (1994) regarded Setaria parviflora

(Poir.) Kerguelen to be “a very polymorphic

species with an intricate nomenclature”

He placed Setaria pallide-fusca Stapf &

C.E.Hubb. in synonymy with S. parviflora on

the basis of spikelet size (1.9-2.4 mm long).

However, S. parviflora is a perennial with

a short rhizome whereas S. pallide-fusca

is an annual, and is currently regarded as a

subspecies of S. pumila (Poir.) Roemer &

Simon, New Paniceae

215

Map 14. Distribution in Western Australia of Urochloa

occidentalis var. occidentalis ▲ and var. ciliatdV

Schultes by some authors (Sharp & Simon

2002; Rominger in Barkworth et al. 2003),

although Clayton (1979) gives evidence

of continuous variation between the two

subspecies. As pointed out by Veldkamp

(1994), if the subspecies is to be recognised,

the epithet ‘ subtesselata ’ has to have priority.

Setaria pumila subsp. subtesselata (Buse)

B.K.Simon comb, nov.; Setaria glaiica subsp.

subtesselata Buse, PI. Jungh. 3: 369 (1854).

Type: Junghuhn s.n. sh. 903.342-138 (lecto:

L ),fide Veldkamp (1994: 380).

Panicum pallide-fuscum Schumach., Beskr.

Guin. PI. 58 (1827); Setaria pallide-fusca

(Schumach.) Stapf & C.E.Hubb., Bull. Misc.

Inform. Kew 1930:259 (1930) (“pallidifusca ”);

S. glauca var. pallide-fusca (Schumach.)

Koyama, J. Jap. Bot. 37: 237 (1962); S. pumila

subsp. pallide-fusca (Schumach.) B.K.Simon,

Austrobaileya 2: 22 (1984). Type: Ghana,

s.dat., P.Thonning 344 (holo: C).

Notes : Veldkamp (1994) also placed S. surgens

Stapf in synonymy with S. parviflora.

However, the former does not have short

knotty rhizomes as in S. parviflora and the

latter has an upper glume that is greater than

half the spikelet length, whereas in S. surgens

the upper glume is % the spikelet length.

12. New combinations, a change of status

and a lectotypification in Urochloa

P.Beauv.

The genus Urochloa P.Beauv. was

first recircumscribed 23 years ago on

morphological evidence to accommodate all

the Australian species of Brachiaria (Trin.)

Griseb. except B. eruciformis (Webster

1987). This species was subsequently

transferred to Moorochloa (Veldkamp

2004) for nomenclatural reasons. Since then

other authors have transferred most other

Brachiaria species to Urochloa for all regions

of the world other than for all of the African

species (Morrone & Zuloaga 1993; Veldkamp

1996; Ashalatha 1997; Torres Gonzales &

Morton 2005) based on both morphological

and molecular data.

In his treatment Webster (1987)

established two subspecies of Urochloa gilesii

(Benth.) Hughes, the type variety and subsp.

occidentalis based on Brachiaria occidentalis

C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb. These two taxa

differ in overall spikelet size (3-4 mm long,

1.2-1.4 mm wide in subsp. occidentalis and

4-5 mm long, 1.4-1.8 mm wide in subsp.

gilesii ). I am of the opinion it is better to

maintain species rank for these two taxa,

necessitating a new combination.

Urochloa occidentalis (C.A.Gardner

& C.E.Hubb.) B.K.Simon comb, nov.;

Brachiaria occidentalis C.A.Gardner & C.E.

Hubb., Hooker’s Icon. PI. 3363 (1938);

Urochloa gilesii subsp. occidentalis

(C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb.) R.D.Webster,

Austral. Paniceae 238 (1987). Type: Western

Australia. Minilya River, Wandagee Station,

29 August 1932, C.A.Gardner 3227a (lecto:

K [photo BRI]; isolecto: BRI, K [photo BRI],

PERTH [photo BRI]), fide Webster (1987:

238).

Notes : Gardner & Hubbard (1938) indicated

that Urochloa occidentalis (under Brachiaria)

possessed hairy and glabrous spikelets and

they decided to formally name the form with

216

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Map 15. Distribution in Australia of Urochloa gilesii var. gilesii

hairy spikelets as Brachiaria occidentalis

var. ciliata C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb. A new

combination of this variety is required under

Urochloa. Both varieties are restricted to

Western Australia (Map 14).

Urochloa occidentalis var. ciliata

(C.A.Gardner & C E.Hubb.) B.K. Simon comb,

nov.; Brachiaria occidentalis var. ciliata

C.A.Gardner & C.E.Hubb., Hooker’s Icon.

PI. 3363: 3 (1938). Type: Western Australia.

Turee Station, October 1933, MacGuire s.n.

(lecto: PERTH00995703 [here chosen] [photo

BRI]; isolecto: BRI, K [photo BRI]).

Notes : Webster (1987) lectotypified the

varietal name on the material at K of this

variety; however, an examination of the two

PERTH isolectotypes (PERTH00995703 and

PERTH00995711) of MacGuire’s has revealed

that one of these specimens has hairy spikelets

and the other glabrous spikelets, so that a new

lectotypification is necessary.

Urochloa gilesii var. nothochthona (Domin)

B.K.Simon comb, et stat. nov.; Panicum

notochthonum Domin, Repert. Spec. Nov.

Regni Veg. 10: 60 (1911); Brachiaria

notochthona (Domin) Stapf in D.Prain

(ed.), FI. Trop. Afr. 9: 597 (1920); Urochloa

notochthona (Domin) Hughes, Bull. Misc.

Inform. Kew 1923: 319 (1923). Type: New

South Wales. Darling River, s.dat ., J.Dallachy

(holo: K [photo BRI]; iso: BRI).

Panicum heteroneuron Mez, Repert. Spec.

Nov. Regni Veg. 17: 83 (1921). Type: New

South Wales. Tongo Station, Wilcannia, s.dat.,

W.J.Hourigan s.n. (holo: B; iso: BRI, NSW).

Simon, New Paniceae

217

Map 16. Distribution in Australia of Urochloa gilesii var. nothochthona

Notes : Webster (1987) placed Urochloa

notochthona into synonymy with U. gilesii as

the spikelets of these two species are similar

in all respects, other than the spikelets of

U. notochthona being glabrous and those of

U. gilesii hairy. For the latter reason I feel

recognition of the two taxa is best represented

at varietal rank.

There is a difference in the distribution of

U. occidentalis and U. gilesii , with the former

(Map 14) being endemic to the Pilbara region

of Western Australia, and the latter (Maps 15

and 16) from the arid and semi-arid regions of

central and south-east Australia.

Acknowledgements

Many thanks to Will Smith for the illustrations

and maps and Peter Bostock for exporting the

relevant data from HERBRECS (Queensland

Herbarium database) to a format from which

the distribution maps were drafted. Thanks

also to Peter for checking and modifying my

Latin diagnoses. Thanks to JeF Veldkamp

of the Netherlands Centre for Biodiversity

Naturalis, Leiden University for donating

the type of Pseudoraphis minuta to BRI

and for correspondence regarding Digitaria

heterantha.

References

Ashalatha, V.N. & Nair, V. J. (1997). Brachiaria Griseb.

and Urochloa P.Beauv. (Poaceae) in India - a

conspectus. Bulletin of the Botanical Survey of

India 35: 27-31.

Bailey, F.M. (1913). Comprehensive Catalogue of

Queensland Plants. A. J.Cumming, Government

Printer: Brisbane.

Bentham, G. (1877). Plagiosetum refractum Benth.

Hooker’s leones Plantarum 13: 33, t. 1242.

Chemisquy, M.A., Giussani, L.M., Scataglini M.A.,

Kellogg, E.A. & Morrone, O. (2010).

Phylogenetic studies favour the unification

of Pennisetum , Cenchrus and Odontelytrum

(Poaceae): a combined nuclear, plastid and

morphological analysis, and nomenclatural

combinations in Cenchrus. Annals of Botany

106: 107-130.

218

Clayton, W.D. (1979). Notes on Setaria. Kew Bulletin

33: 501-509.

Clayton, W.D. & Renvoize, S.A. (1986). Genera

Graminum. Kew Bulletin Additional Series 13:

1-389.

Clifford, H.T. & Evans, G.R (unpublished ms). The

genus Oplismenus in Australia.

Dallwitz, M. (1980). A general system for coding

taxonomic descriptions. Taxon 29: 41-46.

Davey, J.C. & Clayton, W.D. (1978). Some multiple

discriminant function studies on Oplismenus

(Gramineae). Kew Bulletin 33: 147-157.

Delisle, D.G. (1963). Taxonomy and distribution of the

genus Cenchrus. Iowa State Journal of Science

37: 259-351.

Henrard, J.T. (1950). Monograph of the genus Digitaria.

Universitaire Pers: Leiden.

Hughes, D.K. (1923). Paractaenum novae-hollandiae.

Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew 1923: 287-289.

Iskandar, E.A.P. & Veldkamp, J.F. (2004). A revision

of Malesian Isachne sect. Isachne (Gramineae,

Panicoideae, Isachneae ). Reinwardtia 12: 159—

179.

Jacobs, S.W.L., Whalley, R.D.B. & Wheeler, D.J.B.

(2008). Grasses of New South Wales. 4 th Edition.

The University of New England: Armidale.

Kellogg, E.A., Aliscioni, S.S., Morrone, O., Pensiero,

J. & Zuloaga, F. (2009). A phylogeny of Setaria

(Poaceae, Panicoideae, Paniceae) and related

genera based on the chloroplast gene NDHF.

International Journal of Plant Sciences 170:

117-131.

Lazarides, M. (1985). New taxa of tropical Australian

grasses (Poaceae). Nuytsia 5: 273-303.

Mez, C. (1917). Novae species Panicearum. Notizblatt des

Botanischen Gartens und Musems zu Berlin-

Dahlem 7: 45-78.

Morrone, O. & Zuloaga, F.O. (1993). Sinopsis del genero

Urochloa (Poaceae: Panicoideae. Paniceae)

para Mexico y America Central. Darwiniana

32: 59-75.

Morrone, O., Aegesen, L., Scataglini, A., Salariato,

D., Denham, S., Chemisquy, A., Sede, S.,

Giussani, G., Kellogg, E. & Zuloaga, F.

(2008). Phylogeny of the Paniceae (Poaceae:

Panicoideae ) integrating chloroplast DNA

sequences and morphology. In: The Fourth

International Conference on the Comparative

Biology of the Monocotyledons; the Fifth

International Symposium on Grass Systematics

and Evolution (Abstracts), p. 43. University of

Copenhagen: Copenhagen.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 187-221 (2010)

Mueller, F. (1878). FragmentaPhytographiaeAustraliae

8: 109-110. Victorian Government: Melbourne.

Roeminger, J.M. (2003). Setaria. In M.Barkworth et al.

(eds.). Flora of North America north of Mexico,

Vol. 25 Poaceae, part 2: 539-558. Oxford

University Press: New York.

Scholz, U. (1981). Monographic der Gattung Oplismenus

(Gramineae). J.Cramer: Vaduz.

Sharp, D. & Simon, B.K. (2002). AusGrass. Grasses

of Australia , CD-Rom Version 1.0. CSIRO

Publishing/Australian Biological Resources

Study/Environmental Protection Agency

Queensland: Canberra.

Simon, B.K. (1986). Studies in Australian grasses, 2.

Austrobaileya 2: 238-242.

- (1992). Studies in Australian grasses. 5. New

species and new combinations of Queensland

panicoid grasses. Austrobaileya 3: 585-607.

- (1994). Poaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson (ed.),

Queensland Native and Naturalised Vascular

Plants , pp. 243-278. Queensland Department

of Environment & Heritage: Indooroopilly.

- (1997). Poaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson (ed),

Queensland plants: names and distribution,

pp. 151-170. Department of Environment:

Indooroopilly.

- (2002). Poaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson (ed),

Names and Distribution of Queensland Plants,

Algae and Lichens, pp. 145-164. Environmental

Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Simon, B.K., Sharp, D. & Thompson, E. J. (2007). Poaceae.

In P.D.Bostock & A.E.Holland (eds.). Census

of the Queensland Flora 2007, pp. 148-166.

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Simon, B.K., Clayton, W.D., Harman, K.T., Brake, I.,

Healy, D. & Alfonso, Y. (2010). Grass World 1 -

Available from: <http://grassworld.myspecies.

info/> (accessed July 2010).

Stieber, M.T.. & Wipff, J.K. (2003). Cenchrus. In

M.Barkworth et al. (eds.), Flora of North

America north of Mexico, Vol. 25 Poaceae,

part 2: 529-535. Oxford University Press: New

York.

Torres Gonzalez, A.M. & Morton, C.M. (2005).

Molecular and morphological phylogenetic

analysis of Brachiaria and Urochloa (Poaceae).

Molecular Phylogenetics & Evolution 37: 36-

44.

Tothill, J.C. & Hacker, J.B. (1983). The Grasses of

Southern Queensland. University of Queensland

Press: St. Lucia.

Trinius, C.B. (1829). Species graminum iconibus et

descriptionibus illustravit. Vol. 2. Impensis

Academiae Imperialis Scientiarum: Petropoli.

Simon, New Paniceae

219

Veldkamp, J.F. (1973). A revision of Digitaria Haller

(Gramineae) in Malesia. Blumea 21: 1-80.

- (1994). Miscellaneous notes on southeast Asian

Gramineae IX. Setaria and Paspalidium.

Blumea 39:373-384.

- (1996). Brachiaria, Urochloa (Gramineae

- Paniceae) in Malesia. Blumea 41: 413-438.

- (2004). Miscellaneous notes on mainly southeast

Asian Gramineae. Reinwardtia 12: 135-140.

Webster, R.D. (1983). A revision of the genus Digitaria

Haller ( Paniceae. Poaceae) in Australia.

Brunonia 6: 131-216.

- (1987). The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae).

J.Cramer: Stuttgart.

Wheeler, D. J.B., Jacobs, S.W.L. & Norton, B.E. (1990).

Grasses of New South Wales. The University of

New England: Armidale.

Wipff, J.K. (2001). Nomenclatural changes in Pennisetum

(Poaceae: Paniceae). Sida 19: 523-530.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 221-222 (2010)

221

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Three new combinations in Pterostylis (Orchidaceae)

Jasmine K. Janes a * & Marco F. Duretto b

“School of Plant Science, University of Tasmania, Private Bag 55, Hobart, Tasmania 7001, Australia.

Email:jkjanes@utas.edu.au; * corresponding author.

Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tasmania 7001,

Australia. Email: marco.duretto@tmag.tas.gov.au

Janes et al. (2010) presented a molecular

phylogenetic study of subtribe Pterostylidinae

Pfitzer and concluded that the species in the

tribe should be placed in one genus Pterostylis

R.Br., and not the 16 genera as proposed by

Szlachetko (2001) and Jones & Clements

(2002) (see review in Janes et al. 2010). A

new classification system for the tribe with

one genus, two subgenera and 10 sections was

described by Janes & Duretto (2010). Janes &

Duretto (2010) also transferred seven species

from various genera to Pterostylis and thus

for the first time in several years workers

have been able to apply formal names in

Pterostylis to all species placed in subtribe

Pterostylidinae.

When describing the new infrageneric

classification system for Pterostylis Janes &

Duretto (2010) made two errors. The first was

not formally transferring Oligochaetochilus

Szlach. section Oligochaetochilus to

Pterostylis (see Article 21.1,1.C.B.N., McNeill

et al. 2006). The second was making the new

combination Pterostylis section Parviflorae

(Benth.) Janes & Duretto. This name is

illegitimate because for this taxon the name

Speculantha D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. section

Speculantha is available and has priority (see

Article 11,1.C.B.N., McNeill et al. 2006). Two

new combinations are made below to correct

these issues.

Jones (2010) recently described a new

species, Oligochaetochilus mystacinus

D.L.Jones, from Queensland and the new

combination transferring it to Pterostylis is

also made below. The species is placed in

Pterostylis section Oligochaetochilus.

Accepted for publication 27 September 2010

Taxonomy

1. Pterostylis section Oligochaetochilus

(Szlach.) Janes & Duretto stat. & comb, nov.;

Oligochaetochilus Szlach., Polish Bot. J. 46:

23 (2001).

For a complete list of synonyms see Janes &

Duretto (2010).

2. Pterostylis section Speculantha

(D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem.) Janes & Duretto

stat. & comb, nov.; Speculantha D.L.Jones

& M.A.Clem., Austral. Orchid Res. 4: 82

( 2002 ).

Speculantha section Elongatae D.L.Jones

& M.A.Clem., Austral. Orchid Res. 4: 83

( 2002 ).

Petrorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem., Austral.

Orchid Res. 4: 78 (2002).

Pterostylis series Parviflorae Benth., FI.

Austral. 6: 353, 360 (1873); Pterostylis section

Parviflorae (Benth.) Janes & Duretto, Austral.

Syst. Bot. 23: 264 (2010), nom. illeg.

3. Pterostylis mystacina (D.L.Jones) Janes

& Duretto comb, nov.; Oligochaetochilus

mystacinus D.L.Jones, The Orchadian 16(8):

372 (2010).

Acknowledgments

We would like to thank Paul Ormerod (Cairns)

for bringing the infrageneric nomenclatorial

issues to our attention and Paul Forster and

Rod Henderson (BRI) for helpful discussion.

References

Janes, J.K. & Duretto, M.F. (2010). A new classification

for subtribe Pterostylidinae (Orchidaceae),

reaffirming Pterostylis in the broad sense.

Australian Systematic Botany 29: 260-269.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 221-222 (2010)

222

Janes J.K., Steane, D.A., Vaillancourt, R.E. &

Duretto, M.F. (2010). A molecular phylogeny

of the subtribe Pterostylidinae (Orchidaceae):

resolving the taxonomic confusion. Australian

Systematic Botany 23: 248-259.

Jones, D.L. (2010). A new species of Oligochaetochilus

(Orchidaceae) from Queensland with affinities

to O. woollsii. The Orchadian 16(8): 370-375.

Jones, D.L. & Clements, M.A. (2002). A new

classification of Pterostylis R.Br. (Orchidaceae).

Australian Orchid Research 4: 64-124.

Mcneill, J., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Demoulin, V.,

Hawksworth, D.L., Marhold, K., Nicolson,

D.H., Prado, J., Silva,P.C., Skog, J.E., Wiersema,

J.H., Turland, N.J. (2006). International Code

of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code).

A.R.G.Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein.

Szlachetko, D.L. (2001). Genera et species orchadalium.

1. Polish Botanical Journal 46: 11-26.

Austrobaileya 8(2): 223 (2010) 223

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Ardisia hylandii Jackes: a new name for

Ardisia depauperata (Domin) Jackes

Betsy R. Jackes

B.R. Jackes, School of Marine and Tropical Biology, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland

4811, Australia.

Subsequent to the publication of Ardisia

depauperata (Domin) Jackes in 2009, it was

found that this name was a later homonym.

The combination Ardisia depauperata (Mez)

Bernacci & Jung-Mendafolli had been made

based on the transfer of Stylogyne depauperata

Mez to Ardisia (Bernacci & Jung-Mendagolli

2000:246). This species is restricted to an area

in southeastern Brazil. The Australian material

was originally described by Domin (1928)

as Ardisia brevipedata ? var. depauperata.

The new specific epithet has been chosen to

honour Bernie Hyland, who made excellent

collections (Hyland 8778 ) of this species from

the South Mary Logging Area (now National

Park) in the Mt Lewis area.

Ardisia hylandii Jackes nom. et stat.

novus; Ardisia brevipedata ? var.

depauperata Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

502 (1928); A. depauperata (Domin)

Jackes, Austrobaileya 8: 11 (2009),

nom. illegitnon (Mez) Bernacci &

Jung-Mendagolli. Type: Queensland.

Cook District: montes Bellenden-

Ker [“Ein Strauch in der mittleren

Region des Bellenden-ker”], December

1909, K.Domin 7657 (holo: PR530275

[photograph seen, photos at BRI, CANB,

CNS and NSW]).

References

Bernacci, L.C. & Jung-Mendacolli, S.L. (2000).

Consideragoes taxonomicas e novas

combinagoes em Ardisia Swartz (Myrsinaceae)

do sudeste do Brasil. Acta Botanica Brasilica

14: 243-249.

Domin, K. (1928). Beitrage zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 502-504.

Jackes, B.R. (2009). Taxonomic revision of Australian

Myrsinaceae: Ardisia Sw. and Tetrardisia Mez.

Austrobaileya 8: 1-23.

Accepted for publication 12 August 2010